Exodus 26:13-37

ABP_Strongs(i)
  13 G4083 A cubit G1537 from G3778 this side, G2532 and G4083 a cubit G1537 from G3778 that side G1537 of G3588 the G5242 superior part G3588 of the G1193.1 hide coverings, G1537 of G3588 the G3372 length G3588 of the G1193.1 hide coverings G3588 of the G4633 tent. G2532 And G1510.8.3 it will be G4780 to cover G1909 up G3588 the G4104.4 sides G3588 of the G4633 tent G1759.3 on this side and that side, G2532   G1759.3   G2443 that G2572 it should be covered.
  14 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G2618.1 a covering G3588 of the G4633 tent -- G1192 skins G2919.1 of rams G2062.3 dyed red, G2532 and G1942 coverings G1192 of skins G5191 of blue G1883.1 on top.
  15 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G4769 posts G3588 for the G4633 tent G1537 from out of G3586 [2wood G767.1 1incorruptible].
  16 G1176 Of ten G4083 cubits G4160 you shall make G3588 the G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one], G2532 and G4083 [2cubit G1520 1one] G2532 and G2255 a half G3588 the G4114 width G3588 of the G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one].
  17 G1417 Two G45.2 joints G3588 to the G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one] G496 resting headlong against G2087 one G3588 to the G2087 other. G3779 Thus G4160 you shall make G3956 to all G3588 the G4769 posts G3588 of the G4633 tent.
  18 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G3588 the G4769 posts G3588 for the G4633 tent -- G1501 twenty G4769 posts G1537 by G3588 the G2827.1 side G3588 towards the G4314   G3558 south.
  19 G2532 And G5062 forty G939 bases G693 of silver G4160 you shall make G3588 for the G1501 twenty G4769 posts. G1417 Two G939 bases G3588 to the G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one] G1519 for G297 both G3588   G3313 its parts, G1473   G2532 and G1417 two G939 bases G3588 to the other G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one] G1519 for G297 both G3588   G3313 its parts. G1473  
  20 G2532 And G3588 the G2827.1 [2side G3588   G1208 1second] G3588   G4314 towards G1005 the north -- G1501 twenty G4769 posts.
  21 G2532 And G5062 forty G939 bases G1473 for them G693 made of silver. G1417 Two G939 bases G3588 to the G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one] G1519 for G297 both G3588   G3313 its parts, G1473   G2532 and G1417 two G939 bases G3588 for the other G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one] G1519 for G297 both G3588   G3313 its parts. G1473  
  22 G2532 And G1537 by G3588 the G3694 rear G3588 of the G4633 tent G2596 by G3588 the G3313 part G3588   G4314 towards G2281 the west G4160 you shall make G1803 six G4769 posts.
  23 G2532 And G1417 two G4769 posts G4160 you shall make G1909 at G3588 the G1137 corners G3588 of the G4633 tent G1537 at G3588 the G3693.1 posteriors.
  24 G2532 And G1510.8.6 they shall be G1537 of G2470 equal G2736.3 below, G2532 and G2596 according to G3588 the G1473 same measurement G1510.8.6 they shall be G2470 equal G1537 from G3588 the G2776 heads G1519 unto G4822.2 [2coupling G1520 1one]. G3779 Thus G4160 shall you make G297 to both G3588 the G1417 two G1137 corners, G2470 let them be equal! G1510.5  
  25 G2532 And G1510.8.6 there shall be G3638 eight G4769 posts. G2532 And G3588   G939 their bases G1473   G693 of silver -- G1177.1 sixteen; G2532 and G1417 two G939 bases G3588 to the G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one], G2532 and G1417 two G939 bases G3588 to the other G4769 [2post G3588   G1520 1one].
  26 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G3449.2 bars G1537 from out of G3586 [2wood G767.1 1incorruptible]; G4002 five G3588 to the G4769 posts G1537 from G3588 the G1520 one G3313 part G3588 of the G4633 tent.
  27 G2532 And G4002 five G3449.2 bars G3588 to the G4769 posts G3588 to the G2827.1 [2side G3588 3of the G4633 4tent G3588   G1208 1second], G2532 and G4002 five G3449.2 bars G3588 for the G4769 posts G3588 on the G3693.1 posterior G2827.1 side G3588 of the G4633 tent, G3588 the one G4314 towards G2281 the west.
  28 G2532 And G3588 the G3449.2 [2bar G3588   G3319 1middle] G303.1 in between G3588 the G4769 posts -- G1338 let it penetrate G575 from G3588 the G1520 one G2827.1 side G1519 unto G3588 the G2087 other G2827.1 side!
  29 G2532 And G3588 the G4769 posts G2710.3 you shall gild G5553 in gold. G2532 And G3588 the G1146 rings G4160 you shall make G5552 of gold, G1519 into G3739 which G1521 you shall insert G3588 the G3449.2 bars. G2532 And G2710.3 you shall gild G3588 the G3449.2 bars G5553 in gold.
  30 G2532 And G450 you shall raise G3588 the G4633 tent G2596 according to G3588 the G1491 form G3588   G1166 being shown G1473 to you G1722 in G3588 the G3735 mountain.
  31 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G2665 a veil G1537 from out of G5192 blue, G2532 and G4209 purple, G2532 and G2847 scarlet G2831.1 being twined, G2532 and G1040 linen G3514 being spun. G2041 [4work G5307 3a woven G4160 1You shall make G1473 2it] G5502 with cherubim.
  32 G2532 And G2007 you shall place G1473 it G1909 upon G5064 four G4769 posts G767.1 of incorruptible wood G5558 being gilded G5553 in gold. G2532 And G3588 the G2777 tips G1473 of them G5552 in gold, G2532 and G3588   G939 [3bases G1473 1their G5064 2four] G693 made of silver.
  33 G2532 And G5087 you shall put G3588 the G2665 veil G1909 upon G3588 the G4769 posts. G2532 And G1533 you shall carry in G1563 there, G2081.2 inside G3588 the G2665 veil, G3588 the G2787 ark G3588 of the G3142 testimony. G2532 And G1357.1 [3shall separate G3588 1the G2665 2veil] G1473 to you G303.1 between G3588 the G39 holy G2532 and G303.1 between G3588 the G39 holy G3588 of the G39 holies.
  34 G2532 And G2619 you shall cover up G3588 by the G2665 veil G3588 the G2787 ark G3588 of the G3142 testimony G1722 in G3588 the G39 holy G3588 of the G39 holies.
  35 G2532 And G5087 you shall put G3588 the G5132 table G1855 outwardly G3588 of the G2665 veil, G2532 and G3588 the G3087 lamp-stand G561 directly opposite G3588 the G5132 table G1909 near G3313 the part G3588 of the G4633 tent G3588   G4314 towards G3558 the south. G2532 and G3588 the G5132 table G5087 you shall put G1909 by G3313 the part G3588 of the G4633 tent G3588   G4314 towards G1005 the north.
  36 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G1985.1 a draw curtain G3588 for the G2374 door, G1537 of G5192 blue G2532 and G4209 purple, G2532 and G2847 scarlet G2831.1 being twined, G2532 and G1040 linen G2831.1 being twined, G2041 the work G4164.1 of an embroiderer.
  37 G2532 And G4160 you shall make G3588 for the G2665 veil G4002 five G4769 posts, G2532 and G5558 you shall gild G1473 them G5553 with gold; G2532 and G3588 the G2777 tips G1473 of them G5552 of gold; G2532 and G5560.9 you shall cast G1473 for them G4002 five G939 bases G5470 of brass.
ABP_GRK(i)
  13 G4083 πήχυν G1537 εκ G3778 τούτου G2532 και G4083 πήχυν G1537 εκ G3778 τούτου G1537 εκ G3588 του G5242 υπερέχοντος G3588 των G1193.1 δέρρεων G1537 εκ G3588 του G3372 μήκους G3588 των G1193.1 δέρρεων G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G2532 και G1510.8.3 έσται G4780 συγκαλύπτον G1909 επί G3588 τα G4104.4 πλάγια G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G1759.3 ένθεν και ένθεν G2532   G1759.3   G2443 ίνα G2572 καλύπτη
  14 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G2618.1 κατακάλυμμα G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G1192 δέρματα G2919.1 κριών G2062.3 ηρυθροδανωμένα G2532 και G1942 επικαλύμματα G1192 δέρματα G5191 υακίνθινα G1883.1 επάνωθεν
  15 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G4769 στύλους G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G1537 εκ G3586 ξύλων G767.1 ασήπτων
  16 G1176 δέκα G4083 πηχέων G4160 ποιήσεις G3588 τον G4769 στύλον G3588 τον G1520 ένα G2532 και G4083 πήχεως G1520 ενός G2532 και G2255 ημίσους G3588 το G4114 πλάτος G3588 του G4769 στύλου G3588 του G1520 ενός
  17 G1417 δύο G45.2 αγκωνίσκους G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 τω G1520 ενί G496 αντιπίπτοντας G2087 έτερον G3588 τω G2087 ετέρω G3779 ούτως G4160 ποιήσεις G3956 πάσι G3588 τοις G4769 στύλοις G3588 της G4633 σκηνής
  18 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G3588 τους G4769 στύλους G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G1501 είκοσι G4769 στύλους G1537 εκ G3588 του G2827.1 κλίτους G3588 του προς G4314   G3558 νότον
  19 G2532 και G5062 τεσσαράκοντα G939 βάσεις G693 αργυράς G4160 ποιήσεις G3588 τοις G1501 είκοσι G4769 στύλοις G1417 δύο G939 βάσεις G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 τω G1520 ενί G1519 εις G297 αμφότερα G3588 τα G3313 μέρη αυτού G1473   G2532 και G1417 δύο G939 βάσεις G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 τω G1520 ενί G1519 εις G297 αμφότερα G3588 τα G3313 μέρη αυτού G1473  
  20 G2532 και G3588 το G2827.1 κλίτος G3588 το G1208 δεύτερον G3588 το G4314 προς G1005 βορράν G1501 είκοσι G4769 στύλους
  21 G2532 και G5062 τεσσαράκοντα G939 βάσεις G1473 αυτών G693 αργυράς G1417 δύο G939 βάσεις G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 τω G1520 ενί G1519 εις G297 αμφότερα G3588 τα G3313 μέρη αυτού G1473   G2532 και G1417 δύο G939 βάσεις G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 τω G1520 ενί G1519 εις G297 αμφότερα G3588 τα G3313 μέρη αυτού G1473  
  22 G2532 και G1537 εκ G3588 των G3694 οπίσω G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G2596 κατά G3588 το G3313 μέρος G3588 το G4314 προς G2281 θάλασσαν G4160 ποιήσεις G1803 εξ G4769 στύλους
  23 G2532 και G1417 δύο G4769 στύλους G4160 ποιήσεις G1909 επί G3588 των G1137 γωνιών G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G1537 εκ G3588 των G3693.1 οπισθίων
  24 G2532 και G1510.8.6 έσονται G1537 εξ G2470 ίσου G2736.3 κάτωθεν G2532 και G2596 κατά G3588 το G1473 αυτό G1510.8.6 έσονται G2470 ίσοι G1537 εκ G3588 των G2776 κεφαλών G1519 εις G4822.2 σύμβλησιν G1520 μίαν G3779 ούτω G4160 ποιήσεις G297 αμφοτέραις G3588 ταις G1417 δυσί G1137 γωνίαις G2470 ίσαι έστωσαν G1510.5  
  25 G2532 και G1510.8.6 έσονται G3638 οκτώ G4769 στύλοι G2532 και G3588 αι G939 βάσεις αυτών G1473   G693 αργυραί G1177.1 δεκαέξ G2532 και G1417 δύο G939 βάσεις G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 το G1520 ενί G2532 και G1417 δύο G939 βάσεις G3588 τω G4769 στύλω G3588 το G1520 ενί
  26 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G3449.2 μοχλούς G1537 εκ G3586 ξύλων G767.1 ασήπτων G4002 πέντε G3588 τοις G4769 στύλοις G1537 εκ G3588 του G1520 ενός G3313 μέρους G3588 της G4633 σκηνής
  27 G2532 και G4002 πέντε G3449.2 μοχλούς G3588 τοις G4769 στύλοις G3588 τω G2827.1 κλίτει G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G3588 τω G1208 δευτέρω G2532 και G4002 πέντε G3449.2 μοχλούς G3588 τοις G4769 στύλοις G3588 τω G3693.1 οπισθίω G2827.1 κλίτει G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G3588 το G4314 προς G2281 θάλασσαν
  28 G2532 και G3588 ο G3449.2 μοχλός G3588 ο G3319 μέσος G303.1 αναμέσον G3588 των G4769 στύλων G1338 διικνείσθω G575 από G3588 του G1520 ενός G2827.1 κλίτους G1519 εις G3588 το G2087 έτερον G2827.1 κλίτος
  29 G2532 και G3588 τους G4769 στύλους G2710.3 καταχρυσώσεις G5553 χρυσίω G2532 και G3588 τους G1146 δακτυλίους G4160 ποιήσεις G5552 χρυσούς G1519 εις G3739 ους G1521 εισάξεις G3588 τους G3449.2 μοχλούς G2532 και G2710.3 καταχρυσώσεις G3588 τους G3449.2 μοχλούς G5553 χρυσίω
  30 G2532 και G450 αναστήσεις G3588 την G4633 σκηνήν G2596 κατά G3588 το G1491 είδος G3588 το G1166 δεδειγμένον G1473 σοι G1722 εν G3588 τω G3735 όρει
  31 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G2665 καταπέτασμα G1537 εξ G5192 υακίνθου G2532 και G4209 πορφύρας G2532 και G2847 κοκκίνου G2831.1 κεκλωσμένου G2532 και G1040 βύσσου G3514 νενησμένης G2041 έργον G5307 υφαντόν G4160 ποιήσεις G1473 αυτό G5502 χερουβίμ
  32 G2532 και G2007 επιθήσεις G1473 αυτό G1909 επί G5064 τεσσάρων G4769 στύλων G767.1 ασήπτων G5558 κεχρυσωμένων G5553 χρυσίω G2532 και G3588 αι G2777 κεφαλίδες G1473 αυτών G5552 χρυσαί G2532 και G3588 αι G939 βάσεις G1473 αυτών G5064 τέσσαρες G693 αργυραί
  33 G2532 και G5087 θήσεις G3588 το G2665 καταπέτασμα G1909 επί G3588 τους G4769 στύλους G2532 και G1533 εισοίσεις G1563 εκεί G2081.2 εσώτερον G3588 του G2665 καταπέτασματος G3588 την G2787 κιβωτόν G3588 του G3142 μαρτυρίου G2532 και G1357.1 διοριεί G3588 το G2665 καταπέτασμα G1473 υμίν G303.1 αναμέσον G3588 του G39 αγίου G2532 και G303.1 αναμέσον G3588 του G39 αγίου G3588 των G39 αγίων
  34 G2532 και G2619 κατακαλύψεις G3588 τω G2665 καταπετάσματι G3588 την G2787 κιβωτόν G3588 του G3142 μαρτυρίου G1722 εν G3588 τω G39 αγίω G3588 των G39 αγίων
  35 G2532 και G5087 θήσεις G3588 την G5132 τράπεζαν G1855 έξωθεν G3588 του G2665 καταπετάσματος G2532 και G3588 την G3087 λυχνίαν G561 απέναντι G3588 της G5132 τραπέζης G1909 επί G3313 μέρους G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G3588 το G4314 προς G3558 νότον G2532 και G3588 την G5132 τράπεζαν G5087 θήσεις G1909 επί G3313 μέρους G3588 της G4633 σκηνής G3588 το G4314 προς G1005 βορράν
  36 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G1985.1 επίσπαστρον G3588 τη G2374 θύρα G1537 εξ G5192 υακίνθου G2532 και G4209 πορφύρας G2532 και G2847 κοκκίνου G2831.1 κεκλωσμένου G2532 και G1040 βύσσου G2831.1 κεκλωσμένης G2041 έργον G4164.1 ποικιλτού
  37 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσεις G3588 τω G2665 καταπετάσματι G4002 πέντε G4769 στύλους G2532 και G5558 χρυσώσεις G1473 αυτούς G5553 χρυσίω G2532 και G3588 αι G2777 κεφαλίδες G1473 αυτών G5552 χρυσαί G2532 και G5560.9 χωνεύσεις G1473 αυτοίς G4002 πέντε G939 βάσεις G5470 χαλκάς
LXX_WH(i)
    13 G4083 N-ASM πηχυν G1537 PREP εκ G3778 D-GSN τουτου G2532 CONJ και G4083 N-ASM πηχυν G1537 PREP εκ G3778 D-GSN τουτου G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GSN του G5242 V-PAPGS υπερεχοντος G3588 T-GPF των   N-GPF δερρεων G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GSN του G3372 N-GSN μηκους G3588 T-GPF των   N-GPF δερρεων G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G4780 V-PAPNS συγκαλυπτον G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-APN τα   A-APN πλαγια G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης   ADV ενθεν G2532 CONJ και   ADV ενθεν G2443 CONJ ινα G2572 V-PAS-3S καλυπτη
    14 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις   N-ASN κατακαλυμμα G3588 T-DSF τη G4633 N-DSF σκηνη G1192 N-APN δερματα   N-GPM κριων   V-RPPAP ηρυθροδανωμενα G2532 CONJ και G1942 N-APN επικαλυμματα G1192 N-APN δερματα G5191 A-APN υακινθινα   ADV επανωθεν
    15 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G4769 N-APM στυλους G3588 T-DSF τη G4633 N-DSF σκηνη G1537 PREP εκ G3586 N-GPN ξυλων   A-GPN ασηπτων
    16 G1176 N-NUI δεκα G4083 N-GPM πηχεων G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G3588 T-ASM τον G4769 N-ASM στυλον G3588 T-ASM τον G1519 A-ASM ενα G2532 CONJ και G4083 N-GSM πηχεος G1519 A-GSM ενος G2532 CONJ και   A-GSM ημισους G3588 T-ASN το G4114 N-ASN πλατος G3588 T-GSM του G4769 N-GSM στυλου G3588 T-GSM του G1519 A-GSM ενος
    17 G1417 N-NUI δυο   N-APM αγκωνισκους G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G496 V-PAPAP αντιπιπτοντας G2087 A-ASM ετερον G3588 T-DSM τω G2087 A-DSM ετερω G3778 ADV ουτως G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G3956 A-DPM πασι G3588 T-DPM τοις G4769 N-DPM στυλοις G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης
    18 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G4769 N-APM στυλους G3588 T-DSF τη G4633 N-DSF σκηνη G1501 N-NUI εικοσι G4769 N-APM στυλους G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GSN του   N-GSN κλιτους G3588 T-GSN του G4314 PREP προς   N-ASM βορραν
    19 G2532 CONJ και G5062 N-NUI τεσσαρακοντα G939 N-APF βασεις   A-APF αργυρας G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G3588 T-DPM τοις G1501 N-NUI εικοσι G4769 N-DPM στυλοις G1417 N-NUI δυο G939 N-NPF βασεις G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G1519 PREP εις   A-APN αμφοτερα G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G1417 N-NUI δυο G939 N-NPF βασεις G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G1519 PREP εις   A-APN αμφοτερα G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G846 D-GSM αυτου
    20 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-ASN το   N-ASN κλιτος G3588 T-ASN το G1208 A-ASN δευτερον G3588 T-ASN το G4314 PREP προς G3558 N-ASM νοτον G1501 N-NUI εικοσι G4769 N-APM στυλους
    21 G2532 CONJ και G5062 N-NUI τεσσαρακοντα G939 N-APF βασεις G846 D-GPM αυτων   A-APF αργυρας G1417 N-NUI δυο G939 N-APF βασεις G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G1519 PREP εις   A-APN αμφοτερα G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G1417 N-NUI δυο G939 N-APF βασεις G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G1519 PREP εις   A-APN αμφοτερα G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G846 D-GSM αυτου
    22 G2532 CONJ και G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GPM των G3694 PREP οπισω G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G3313 N-ASN μερος G3588 T-ASN το G4314 PREP προς G2281 N-ASF θαλασσαν G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G1803 N-NUI εξ G4769 N-APM στυλους
    23 G2532 CONJ και G1417 N-NUI δυο G4769 N-APM στυλους G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-GPF των G1137 N-GPF γωνιων G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GPN των   A-GPN οπισθιων
    24 G2532 CONJ και G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G1537 PREP εξ G2470 A-GSN ισου   ADV κατωθεν G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G846 D-ASN αυτο G1510 V-FMI-3P εσονται G2470 A-NPM ισοι G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GPF των G2777 N-GPF κεφαλιδων G1519 PREP εις   N-ASF συμβλησιν G1519 A-ASF μιαν G3778 ADV ουτως G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις   A-DPF αμφοτεραις G3588 T-DPF ταις G1417 N-NUI δυσιν G1137 N-DPF γωνιαις G1510 V-PAD-3P εστωσαν
    25 G2532 CONJ και G1510 V-FMI-3P εσονται G3638 N-NUI οκτω G4769 N-NPM στυλοι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPF αι G939 N-NPF βασεις G846 D-GPM αυτων   A-NPF αργυραι G1176 N-NUI δεκα G1803 N-NUI εξ G1417 N-NUI δυο G939 N-NPF βασεις G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G1519 PREP εις   A-APN αμφοτερα G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G1417 N-NUI δυο G939 N-NPF βασεις G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι
    26 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις   N-APM μοχλους G1537 PREP εκ G3586 N-GPN ξυλων   A-GPN ασηπτων G4002 N-NUI πεντε G3588 T-DSM τω G1519 A-DSM ενι G4769 N-DSM στυλω G1537 PREP εκ G3588 T-GSN του G1519 A-GSN ενος G3313 N-GSN μερους G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης
    27 G2532 CONJ και G4002 N-NUI πεντε   N-APM μοχλους G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSN τω   N-DSN κλιτει G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G3588 T-DSN τω G1208 A-DSN δευτερω G2532 CONJ και G4002 N-NUI πεντε   N-APM μοχλους G3588 T-DSM τω G4769 N-DSM στυλω G3588 T-DSM τω   A-DSM οπισθιω G3588 T-DSN τω   N-DSN κλιτει G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G3588 T-DSN τω G4314 PREP προς G2281 N-ASF θαλασσαν
    28 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSM ο   N-NSM μοχλος G3588 T-NSM ο G3319 A-NSM μεσος G303 PREP ανα G3319 A-ASN μεσον G3588 T-GPM των G4769 N-GPM στυλων G1338 V-PMD-3S διικνεισθω G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSN του G1519 A-GSN ενος   N-GSN κλιτους G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASN το G2087 A-ASN ετερον   N-ASN κλιτος
    29 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-APM τους G4769 N-APM στυλους   V-FAI-2S καταχρυσωσεις G5553 N-DSN χρυσιω G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-APM τους G1146 N-APM δακτυλιους G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις   A-APM χρυσους G1519 PREP εις G3739 R-APM ους G1521 V-FAI-2S εισαξεις G3588 T-APM τους   N-APM μοχλους G2532 CONJ και   V-FAI-2S καταχρυσωσεις G3588 T-APM τους   N-APM μοχλους G5553 N-DSN χρυσιω
    30 G2532 CONJ και G450 V-FAI-2S αναστησεις G3588 T-ASF την G4633 N-ASF σκηνην G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G1491 N-ASN ειδος G3588 T-ASN το G1166 V-RMPAS δεδειγμενον G4771 P-DS σοι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSN τω G3735 N-DSN ορει
    31 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G2665 N-ASN καταπετασμα G1537 PREP εξ G5192 N-GSF υακινθου G2532 CONJ και G4209 N-GSF πορφυρας G2532 CONJ και G2847 A-GSN κοκκινου   V-RMPGS κεκλωσμενου G2532 CONJ και G1040 N-GSF βυσσου G3514 V-RMPGS νενησμενης G2041 N-ASN εργον G5307 A-ASN υφαντον G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G846 D-ASN αυτο G5502 N-PRI χερουβιμ
    32 G2532 CONJ και G2007 V-FAI-2S επιθησεις G846 D-ASN αυτο G1909 PREP επι G5064 A-GPM τεσσαρων G4769 N-GPM στυλων   A-GPM ασηπτων G5558 V-RPPGP κεχρυσωμενων G5553 N-DSN χρυσιω G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPF αι G2777 N-NPF κεφαλιδες G846 D-GPM αυτων   A-NPF χρυσαι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPF αι G939 N-NPF βασεις G846 D-GPM αυτων G5064 A-NPF τεσσαρες   A-NPF αργυραι
    33 G2532 CONJ και G5087 V-FAI-2S θησεις G3588 T-ASN το G2665 N-ASN καταπετασμα G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-APM τους G4769 N-APM στυλους G2532 CONJ και G1533 V-FAI-2S εισοισεις G1563 ADV εκει   PREP εσωτερον G3588 T-GSN του G2665 N-GSN καταπετασματος G3588 T-ASF την G2787 N-ASF κιβωτον G3588 T-GSN του G3142 N-GSN μαρτυριου G2532 CONJ και   V-FAI-3S διοριει G3588 T-ASN το G2665 N-ASN καταπετασμα G4771 P-DP υμιν G303 PREP ανα G3319 A-ASN μεσον G3588 T-GSM του G40 A-GSM αγιου G2532 CONJ και G303 PREP ανα G3319 A-ASN μεσον G3588 T-GSM του G40 A-GSM αγιου G3588 T-GPM των G40 A-GPM αγιων
    34 G2532 CONJ και G2619 V-FAI-2S κατακαλυψεις G3588 T-DSN τω G2665 N-DSN καταπετασματι G3588 T-ASF την G2787 N-ASF κιβωτον G3588 T-GSN του G3142 N-GSN μαρτυριου G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSM τω G40 A-DSM αγιω G3588 T-GPM των G40 A-GPM αγιων
    35 G2532 CONJ και G5087 V-FAI-2S θησεις G3588 T-ASF την G5132 N-ASF τραπεζαν G1855 ADV εξωθεν G3588 T-GSN του G2665 N-GSN καταπετασματος G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-ASF την G3087 N-ASF λυχνιαν   PREP απεναντι G3588 T-GSF της G5132 N-GSF τραπεζης G1909 PREP επι G3313 N-GSN μερους G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G3588 T-ASN το G4314 PREP προς G3558 N-ASM νοτον G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-ASF την G5132 N-ASF τραπεζαν G5087 V-FAI-2S θησεις G1909 PREP επι G3313 N-GSN μερους G3588 T-GSF της G4633 N-GSF σκηνης G3588 T-ASN το G4314 PREP προς   N-ASM βορραν
    36 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις   N-ASN επισπαστρον G1537 PREP εξ G5192 N-GSF υακινθου G2532 CONJ και G4209 N-GSF πορφυρας G2532 CONJ και G2847 A-GSN κοκκινου   V-RMPGS κεκλωσμενου G2532 CONJ και G1040 N-GSF βυσσου   V-RMPGS κεκλωσμενης G2041 N-ASN εργον   N-GSM ποικιλτου
    37 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-2S ποιησεις G3588 T-DSN τω G2665 N-DSN καταπετασματι G4002 N-NUI πεντε G4769 N-APM στυλους G2532 CONJ και G5558 V-FAI-2S χρυσωσεις G846 D-APM αυτους G5553 N-DSN χρυσιω G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPF αι G2777 N-NPF κεφαλιδες G846 D-GPM αυτων   A-NPF χρυσαι G2532 CONJ και   V-FAI-2S χωνευσεις G846 D-DPM αυτοις G4002 N-NUI πεντε G939 N-APF βασεις   A-APF χαλκας
HOT(i) 13 והאמה מזה והאמה מזה בעדף בארך יריעת האהל יהיה סרוח על צדי המשׁכן מזה ומזה לכסתו׃ 14 ועשׂית מכסה לאהל ערת אילם מאדמים ומכסה ערת תחשׁים מלמעלה׃ 15 ועשׂית את הקרשׁים למשׁכן עצי שׁטים עמדים׃ 16 עשׂר אמות ארך הקרשׁ ואמה וחצי האמה רחב הקרשׁ האחד׃ 17 שׁתי ידות לקרשׁ האחד משׁלבת אשׁה אל אחתה כן תעשׂה לכל קרשׁי המשׁכן׃ 18 ועשׂית את הקרשׁים למשׁכן עשׂרים קרשׁ לפאת נגבה תימנה׃ 19 וארבעים אדני כסף תעשׂה תחת עשׂרים הקרשׁ שׁני אדנים תחת הקרשׁ האחד לשׁתי ידתיו ושׁני אדנים תחת הקרשׁ האחד לשׁתי ידתיו׃ 20 ולצלע המשׁכן השׁנית לפאת צפון עשׂרים קרשׁ׃ 21 וארבעים אדניהם כסף שׁני אדנים תחת הקרשׁ האחד ושׁני אדנים תחת הקרשׁ האחד׃ 22 ולירכתי המשׁכן ימה תעשׂה שׁשׁה קרשׁים׃ 23 ושׁני קרשׁים תעשׂה למקצעת המשׁכן בירכתים׃ 24 ויהיו תאמם מלמטה ויחדו יהיו תמים על ראשׁו אל הטבעת האחת כן יהיה לשׁניהם לשׁני המקצעת יהיו׃ 25 והיו שׁמנה קרשׁים ואדניהם כסף שׁשׁה עשׂר אדנים שׁני אדנים תחת הקרשׁ האחד ושׁני אדנים תחת הקרשׁ האחד׃ 26 ועשׂית בריחם עצי שׁטים חמשׁה לקרשׁי צלע המשׁכן האחד׃ 27 וחמשׁה בריחם לקרשׁי צלע המשׁכן השׁנית וחמשׁה בריחם לקרשׁי צלע המשׁכן לירכתים ימה׃ 28 והבריח התיכן בתוך הקרשׁים מברח מן הקצה אל הקצה׃ 29 ואת הקרשׁים תצפה זהב ואת טבעתיהם תעשׂה זהב בתים לבריחם וצפית את הבריחם זהב׃ 30 והקמת את המשׁכן כמשׁפטו אשׁר הראית בהר׃ 31 ועשׂית פרכת תכלת וארגמן ותולעת שׁני ושׁשׁ משׁזר מעשׂה חשׁב יעשׂה אתה כרבים׃ 32 ונתתה אתה על ארבעה עמודי שׁטים מצפים זהב וויהם זהב על ארבעה אדני כסף׃ 33 ונתתה את הפרכת תחת הקרסים והבאת שׁמה מבית לפרכת את ארון העדות והבדילה הפרכת לכם בין הקדשׁ ובין קדשׁ הקדשׁים׃ 34 ונתת את הכפרת על ארון העדת בקדשׁ הקדשׁים׃ 35 ושׂמת את השׁלחן מחוץ לפרכת ואת המנרה נכח השׁלחן על צלע המשׁכן תימנה והשׁלחן תתן על צלע צפון׃ 36 ועשׂית מסך לפתח האהל תכלת וארגמן ותולעת שׁני ושׁשׁ משׁזר מעשׂה רקם׃ 37 ועשׂית למסך חמשׁה עמודי שׁטים וצפית אתם זהב וויהם זהב ויצקת להם חמשׁה אדני נחשׁת׃
IHOT(i) (In English order)
  13 H520 והאמה And a cubit H2088 מזה on the one side, H520 והאמה and a cubit H2088 מזה on the other side H5736 בעדף of that which remaineth H753 בארך in the length H3407 יריעת of the curtains H168 האהל of the tent, H1961 יהיה it shall H5628 סרוח hang H5921 על over H6654 צדי the sides H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle H2088 מזה on this side H2088 ומזה and on that side, H3680 לכסתו׃ to cover
  14 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H4372 מכסה a covering H168 לאהל for the tent H5785 ערת skins H352 אילם rams' H119 מאדמים dyed red, H4372 ומכסה and a covering H5785 ערת skins. H8476 תחשׁים badgers' H4605 מלמעלה׃ above
  15 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H853 את   H7175 הקרשׁים boards H4908 למשׁכן for the tabernacle H6086 עצי wood H7848 שׁטים shittim H5975 עמדים׃ standing up.
  16 H6235 עשׂר Ten H520 אמות cubits H753 ארך the length H7175 הקרשׁ of a board, H520 ואמה and a cubit H2677 וחצי and a half H520 האמה   H7341 רחב the breadth H7175 הקרשׁ board. H259 האחד׃ of one
  17 H8147 שׁתי Two H3027 ידות tenons H7175 לקרשׁ board, H259 האחד in one H7947 משׁלבת set in order H802 אשׁה one H413 אל against H269 אחתה another: H3651 כן thus H6213 תעשׂה shalt thou make H3605 לכל for all H7175 קרשׁי the boards H4908 המשׁכן׃ of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H853 את   H7175 הקרשׁים the boards H4908 למשׁכן for the tabernacle, H6242 עשׂרים twenty H7175 קרשׁ boards H6285 לפאת side H5045 נגבה on the south H8486 תימנה׃ southward.
  19 H705 וארבעים forty H134 אדני sockets H3701 כסף of silver H6213 תעשׂה And thou shalt make H8478 תחת under H6242 עשׂרים the twenty H7175 הקרשׁ boards; H8147 שׁני two H134 אדנים sockets H8478 תחת under H7175 הקרשׁ board H259 האחד one H8147 לשׁתי for his two H3027 ידתיו tenons, H8147 ושׁני and two H134 אדנים sockets H8478 תחת under H7175 הקרשׁ board H259 האחד another H8147 לשׁתי for his two H3027 ידתיו׃ tenons.
  20 H6763 ולצלע side H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle H8145 השׁנית And for the second H6285 לפאת side H6828 צפון on the north H6242 עשׂרים twenty H7175 קרשׁ׃ boards:
  21 H705 וארבעים And their forty H134 אדניהם sockets H3701 כסף silver; H8147 שׁני two H134 אדנים sockets H8478 תחת under H7175 הקרשׁ board, H259 האחד one H8147 ושׁני and two H134 אדנים sockets H8478 תחת under H7175 הקרשׁ board. H259 האחד׃ another
  22 H3411 ולירכתי And for the sides H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle H3220 ימה westward H6213 תעשׂה thou shalt make H8337 שׁשׁה six H7175 קרשׁים׃ boards.
  23 H8147 ושׁני And two H7175 קרשׁים boards H6213 תעשׂה shalt thou make H4742 למקצעת for the corners H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle H3411 בירכתים׃ in the two sides.
  24 H1961 ויהיו And they shall be H8382 תאמם coupled together H4295 מלמטה beneath, H3162 ויחדו above H1961 יהיו and they shall be H8535 תמים   H5921 על above H7218 ראשׁו the head H413 אל of it unto H2885 הטבעת ring: H259 האחת one H3651 כן thus H1961 יהיה shall it be H8147 לשׁניהם for them both; H8147 לשׁני for the two H4740 המקצעת corners. H1961 יהיו׃ they shall be
  25 H1961 והיו And they shall be H8083 שׁמנה eight H7175 קרשׁים boards, H134 ואדניהם and their sockets H3701 כסף silver, H8337 שׁשׁה sixteen H6240 עשׂר sixteen H134 אדנים sockets; H8147 שׁני two H134 אדנים sockets H8478 תחת under H7175 הקרשׁ board, H259 האחד one H8147 ושׁני and two H134 אדנים sockets H8478 תחת under H7175 הקרשׁ board. H259 האחד׃ another
  26 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H1280 בריחם bars H6086 עצי wood; H7848 שׁטים shittim H2568 חמשׁה five H7175 לקרשׁי for the boards H6763 צלע side H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle, H259 האחד׃ of the one
  27 H2568 וחמשׁה And five H1280 בריחם bars H7175 לקרשׁי for the boards H6763 צלע side H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle, H8145 השׁנית of the other H2568 וחמשׁה and five H1280 בריחם bars H7175 לקרשׁי for the boards H6763 צלע of the side H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle, H3411 לירכתים for the two sides H3220 ימה׃ westward.
  28 H1280 והבריח bar H8484 התיכן And the middle H8432 בתוך in the midst H7175 הקרשׁים of the boards H1272 מברח shall reach H4480 מן from H7097 הקצה end H413 אל to H7097 הקצה׃ end.
  29 H853 ואת   H7175 הקרשׁים the boards H6823 תצפה And thou shalt overlay H2091 זהב with gold, H853 ואת   H2885 טבעתיהם their rings H6213 תעשׂה and make H2091 זהב gold H1004 בתים places H1280 לבריחם for the bars: H6823 וצפית and thou shalt overlay H853 את   H1280 הבריחם the bars H2091 זהב׃ with gold.
  30 H6965 והקמת And thou shalt rear up H853 את   H4908 המשׁכן the tabernacle H4941 כמשׁפטו according to the fashion H834 אשׁר thereof which H7200 הראית was showed H2022 בהר׃ thee in the mount.
  31 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H6532 פרכת a veil H8504 תכלת blue, H713 וארגמן and purple, H8438 ותולעת and scarlet, H8144 שׁני and scarlet, H8336 ושׁשׁ and fine twined linen H7806 משׁזר and fine twined linen H4639 מעשׂה work: H2803 חשׁב of cunning H6213 יעשׂה shall it be made: H853 אתה   H3742 כרבים׃ with cherubims
  32 H5414 ונתתה And thou shalt hang H853 אתה   H5921 על it upon H702 ארבעה four H5982 עמודי pillars H7848 שׁטים of shittim H6823 מצפים overlaid H2091 זהב with gold: H2053 וויהם their hooks H2091 זהב gold, H5921 על upon H702 ארבעה the four H134 אדני sockets H3701 כסף׃ of silver.
  33 H5414 ונתתה And thou shalt hang up H853 את   H6532 הפרכת the veil H8478 תחת under H7165 הקרסים the tacks, H935 והבאת that thou mayest bring in H8033 שׁמה thither H1004 מבית within H6532 לפרכת the veil H853 את   H727 ארון the ark H5715 העדות of the testimony: H914 והבדילה shall divide H6532 הפרכת and the veil H996 לכם בין unto you between H6944 הקדשׁ the holy H996 ובין   H6944 קדשׁ and the most holy. H6944 הקדשׁים׃ and the most holy.
  34 H5414 ונתת And thou shalt put H853 את   H3727 הכפרת the mercy seat H5921 על upon H727 ארון the ark H5715 העדת of the testimony H6944 בקדשׁ in the most holy H6944 הקדשׁים׃ in the most holy
  35 H7760 ושׂמת And thou shalt set H853 את   H7979 השׁלחן the table H2351 מחוץ without H6532 לפרכת the veil, H853 ואת   H4501 המנרה and the candlestick H5227 נכח over against H7979 השׁלחן the table H5921 על on H6763 צלע the side H4908 המשׁכן of the tabernacle H8486 תימנה toward the south: H7979 והשׁלחן the table H5414 תתן and thou shalt put H5921 על on H6763 צלע side. H6828 צפון׃ the north
  36 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H4539 מסך a hanging H6607 לפתח for the door H168 האהל of the tent, H8504 תכלת blue, H713 וארגמן and purple, H8438 ותולעת and scarlet, H8144 שׁני and scarlet, H8336 ושׁשׁ and fine twined linen, H7806 משׁזר and fine twined linen, H4639 מעשׂה wrought with needlework. H7551 רקם׃ wrought with needlework.
  37 H6213 ועשׂית And thou shalt make H4539 למסך for the hanging H2568 חמשׁה five H5982 עמודי pillars H7848 שׁטים shittim H6823 וצפית and overlay H853 אתם   H2091 זהב them with gold, H2053 וויהם their hooks H2091 זהב gold: H3332 ויצקת and thou shalt cast H2568 להם חמשׁה five H134 אדני sockets H5178 נחשׁת׃ of brass
new(i)
  13 H520 And a cubit H2088 on the one side, H520 and a cubit H5736 [H8802] on the other side of that which remaineth H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent, H5628 [H8803] shall hang H6654 over the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3680 [H8763] on this side and on that side, to cover it.
  14 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams' H5785 skins H119 [H8794] dyed red, H4372 and a covering H4605 above H8476 of badgers' H5785 skins.
  15 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H7175 boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of shittim H6086 wood H5975 [H8802] standing up.
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board, H520 and a cubit H2677 and a half H7341 shall be the breadth H259 of one H7175 board.
  17 H8147 Two H3027 tenons H259 shall there be in one H7175 board, H7947 [H8794] set in order H802 one H269 against another: H6213 [H8799] thus shalt thou make H7175 for all the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle, H6242 twenty H7175 boards H5045 on the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 [H8799] And thou shalt make H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H6242 under the twenty H7175 boards; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons.
  20 H8145 And for the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H6828 on the north H6285 side H6242 there shall be twenty H7175 boards:
  21 H705 And their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 And for the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 [H8799] thou shalt make H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H8147 And two H7175 boards H6213 [H8799] shalt thou make H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the two sides.
  24 H8382 And they shall be coupled H4295 together beneath, H8382 [H8802] and they shall be coupled H3162 together H7218 above the head H259 of it to one H2885 ring: H8147 thus shall it be for them both; H8147 they shall be for the two H4740 corners.
  25 H8083 And they shall be eight H7175 boards, H134 and their sockets H3701 of silver, H8337 H6240 sixteen H134 sockets; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H1280 bars H7848 of shittim H6086 wood; H2568 five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 And five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle, H3411 for the two sides H3220 westward.
  28 H8484 And the middle H1280 bar H8432 in the midst H7175 of the boards H1272 [H8688] shall reach H7097 from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 [H8762] And thou shalt overlay H7175 the boards H2091 with gold, H6213 [H8799] and make H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars: H6823 [H8765] and thou shalt overlay H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 [H8689] And thou shalt rear up H4908 the tabernacle H4941 according to its fashion H7200 [H8717] which was shown H2022 thee on the mount.
  31 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H6532 a veil H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8144 H8438 and scarlet, H7806 [H8716] and fine twined H8336 linen H2803 [H8802] of skilful H4639 work: H3742 with cherubim H6213 [H8799] shall it be made:
  32 H5414 [H8804] And thou shalt hang H702 it upon four H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 [H8794] wood overlaid H2091 with gold: H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold, H702 upon the four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 [H8804] And thou shalt hang H6532 the veil H7165 under the clasps, H935 [H8689] that thou mayest bring H1004 in these within H6532 the veil H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony: H6532 and the veil H914 [H8689] shall divide H6944 to you between the holy H6944 place and the most H6944 holy.
  34 H5414 [H8804] And thou shalt put H3727 the atonement cover H727 upon the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place.
  35 H7760 [H8804] And thou shalt set H7979 the table H2351 outside H6532 the veil, H4501 and the lampstand H5227 opposite H7979 the table H6763 on the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south: H5414 [H8799] and thou shalt put H7979 the table H6828 on the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H4539 an hanging H6607 for the door H168 of the tent, H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8438 H8144 and scarlet, H7806 [H8716] and fine twined H8336 linen, H4639 wrought H7551 [H8802] with needlework.
  37 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H4539 for the hanging H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 [H8765] wood, and overlay H2091 them with gold, H2053 and their hooks H2091 shall be of gold: H3332 [H8804] and thou shalt cast H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
Vulgate(i) 13 et cubitus ex una parte pendebit et alter ex altera qui plus est in sagorum longitudine utrumque latus tabernaculi protegens 14 facies et operimentum aliud tecto de pellibus arietum rubricatis et super hoc rursum aliud operimentum de ianthinis pellibus 15 facies et tabulas stantes tabernaculi de lignis setthim 16 quae singulae denos cubitos in longitudine habeant et in latitudine singulos ac semissem 17 in lateribus tabulae duae incastraturae fient quibus tabula alteri tabulae conectatur atque in hunc modum cunctae tabulae parabuntur 18 quarum viginti erunt in latere meridiano quod vergit ad austrum 19 quibus quadraginta bases argenteas fundes ut binae bases singulis tabulis per duos angulos subiciantur 20 in latere quoque secundo tabernaculi quod vergit ad aquilonem viginti tabulae erunt 21 quadraginta habentes bases argenteas binae bases singulis tabulis subponentur 22 ad occidentalem vero plagam tabernaculi facies sex tabulas 23 et rursum alias duas quae in angulis erigantur post tergum tabernaculi 24 eruntque coniunctae a deorsum usque sursum et una omnes conpago retinebit duabus quoque tabulis quae in angulis ponendae sunt similis iunctura servabitur 25 et erunt simul tabulae octo bases earum argenteae sedecim duabus basibus per unam tabulam supputatis 26 facies et vectes de lignis setthim quinque ad continendas tabulas in uno latere tabernaculi 27 et quinque alios in altero et eiusdem numeri ad occidentalem plagam 28 qui mittentur per medias tabulas a summo usque ad summum 29 ipsasque tabulas deaurabis et fundes eis anulos aureos per quos vectes tabulata contineant quos operies lamminis aureis 30 et eriges tabernaculum iuxta exemplum quod tibi in monte monstratum est 31 facies et velum de hyacintho et purpura coccoque bis tincto et bysso retorta opere plumario et pulchra varietate contextum 32 quod adpendes ante quattuor columnas de lignis setthim quae ipsae quidem deauratae erunt et habebunt capita aurea sed bases argenteas 33 inseretur autem velum per circulos intra quod pones arcam testimonii et quo sanctuarium et sanctuarii sanctuaria dividentur 34 pones et propitiatorium super arcam testimonii in sancta sanctorum 35 mensamque extra velum et contra mensam candelabrum in latere tabernaculi meridiano mensa enim stabit in parte aquilonis 36 facies et tentorium in introitu tabernaculi de hyacintho et purpura coccoque bis tincto et bysso retorta opere plumarii 37 et quinque columnas deaurabis lignorum setthim ante quas ducetur tentorium quarum erunt capita aurea et bases aeneae
Clementine_Vulgate(i) 13 Et cubitus ex una parte pendebit, et alter ex altera qui plus est in sagorum longitudine, utrumque latus tabernaculi protegens. 14 Facies et operimentum aliud tecto de pellibus arietum rubricatis: et super hoc rursum aliud operimentum de janthinis pellibus. 15 Facies et tabulas stantes tabernaculi de lignis setim, 16 quæ singulæ denos cubitos in longitudine habeant, et in latitudine singulos ac semissem. 17 In lateribus tabulæ, duæ incastraturæ fient, quibus tabula alteri tabulæ connectatur: atque in hunc modum cunctæ tabulæ parabuntur. 18 Quarum viginti erunt in latere meridiano quod vergit ad austrum. 19 Quibus quadraginta bases argenteas fundes, ut binæ bases singulis tabulis per duos angulos subjiciantur. 20 In latere quoque secundo tabernaculi quod vergit ad aquilonem, viginti tabulæ erunt, 21 quadraginta habentes bases argenteas, binæ bases singulis tabulis supponentur. 22 Ad occidentalem vero plagam tabernaculi facies sex tabulas, 23 et rursum alias duas quæ in angulis erigantur post tergum tabernaculi. 24 Eruntque conjunctæ a deorsum usque sursum, et una omnes compago retinebit. Duabus quoque tabulis quæ in angulis ponendæ sunt, similis junctura servabitur. 25 Et erunt simul tabulæ octo, bases earum argenteæ sedecim, duabus basibus per unam tabulam supputatis. 26 Facies et vectes de lignis setim quinque ad continendas tabulas in uno latere tabernaculi, 27 et quinque alios in altero, et ejusdem numeri ad occidentalem plagam: 28 qui mittentur per medias tabulas a summo usque ad summum. 29 Ipsas quoque tabulas deaurabis, et fundes in eis annulos aureos per quos vectes tabulata contineant: quos operies laminis aureis. 30 Et eriges tabernaculum juxta exemplar quod tibi in monte monstratum est. 31 Facies et velum de hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta, opere plumario et pulchra varietate contextum: 32 quod appendes ante quatuor columnas de lignis setim, quæ ipsæ quidem deauratæ erunt, et habebunt capita aurea, sed bases argenteas. 33 Inseretur autem velum per circulos, intra quod pones arcam testimonii, quo et sanctuarium, et sanctuarii sanctuaria dividentur. 34 Pones et propitiatorium super arcam testimonii in Sancto sanctorum, 35 mensamque extra velum, et contra mensam candelabrum in latere tabernaculi meridiano: mensa enim stabit in parte aquilonis. 36 Facies et tentorium in introitu tabernaculi de hyacintho, et purpura, coccoque bis tincto, et bysso retorta, opere plumarii. 37 Et quinque columnas deaurabis lignorum setim, ante quas ducetur tentorium: quarum erunt capita aurea, et bases æneæ.
Wycliffe(i) 13 and the tother cubit on the tother part, which cubit is more in the lengthe of saies, and schal hile euer either syde of the tabernacle. 14 And thou schalt make another hilyng to the roof, of `skynnes of wetheres maad reed, and ouer this thou schalt make eft anothir hilyng of `skynnes of iacynt. 15 Also thou schalt make stondynge tablis of the tabernacle, of the trees of Sechym, 16 whiche tablis schulen haue ech bi hem silf ten cubitis in lengthe, and in brede a cubit and half. 17 Forsothe twei dentyngis schulen be in the sidis of a table, bi which a table schal be ioyned to another table; and in this maner alle the tablis schulen be maad redi. 18 Of whiche tablis twenti schulen be in the myddai side, that goith to the south; 19 to whiche tablis thou schalt yete fourti silueren foundementis, that twei foundementis be set vndir ech table, bi twei corneris. 20 In the secounde side of the tabernacle, that goith to the north, schulen be twenti tablis, hauynge fourti silueren foundementis; twei foundementis schulen be set vndir ech table. 21 Sotheli at the west coost of the tabernacle thou schalt make sixe tablis; 22 and eft thou schalt make tweine othere tablis, 23 that schulen be reisid in the corneris `bihynde the bak of the taberancle; 24 and the tablis schulen be ioyned to hem silf fro bynethe til to aboue, and o ioynyng schal withholde alle the tablis. And lijk ioynyng schal be kept to the twei tablis, that schulen be set in the corneris, 25 and tho schulen be eiyte tablis to gidere; the siluerne foundementis of tho schulen be sixtene, while twei foundementis ben rikenyd bi o table. 26 Thou schalt make also fyue barris of `trees of Sechym, to holde togidere the tablis in o side of the tabernacle, 27 and fyue othere barris in the tother side, and of the same noumbre at the west coost; 28 whiche barris schulen be put thorou the myddil tablis fro the toon ende til to the tothir. 29 And thou schalt ouergilde tho tablis, and thou schalt yete goldun ryngis in tho, bi whiche ryngis, the barris schulen holde togidere the werk of tablis, whyche barris thou schalt hile with goldun platis. 30 And thou schalt reise the tabernacle, bi the saumpler that was schewid to thee in the hil. 31 Thou schalt make also a veil of iacynt, and purpur, and of reed silk twies died, and of bijs foldid ayen bi broideri werk, and wouun to gidere bi fair dyuersite; 32 which veil thou schalt hange bifor foure pileris of `the trees of Sechym; and sotheli tho pileris schulen be ouergildid; and tho schulen haue goldun heedis, but foundementis of siluer. 33 Forsothe the veil schal be set in bi the cerclis, with ynne which veil thou schalt sette the arke of witnessyng, wherbi the seyntuarye and the seyntuaries of seyntuarie schulen be departid. 34 And thou schalt sette the propiciatorie on the arke of witnessyng, in to the hooli of hooli thingis; 35 and thou schalt sette a boord with out the veil, and ayens the boord `thou schalt sette the candilstike in the south side of the tabernacle; for the bord schal stonde in the north side. 36 Thou schalt make also a tente in the entryng of the tabernacle, of iacynt, and purpur, and of reed selk twies died, and of bijs foldid ayen bi broidery werk. 37 And thou schalt ouergilde fyue pileris of `trees of Sechym, bifor whiche pileris the tente schal be led, of whiche pileris the heedis schulen be of gold, and the foundementis of bras.
Tyndale(i) 13 a cubite on the one side and a cubite on the other syde, of that that remayneth in the length of the curtaynes off the tabernacle, which shall remayne of ether syde of the habitacion to couer it with all. 14 And thou shalt make another coueringe for the tente of rams skynnes dyed red: ad yet another aboue all of taxus skynnes. 15 And thou shalt make bordes for the habitacion of sethim wod to stonde vp righte: 16 ten cubettes longe shall euery borde be, ad a cubette and an halfe brode. 17 Two fete shall one borde haue to couple them together with all, and so thou shalt make vnto all the bordes of the habitacion. 18 And thou shalt make .xx. bordes for the habitacion on the south syde, 19 and thou shalt make, xl. sokettes of syluer ad put them vnder the .xx. bordes: two sokettes vnder euery borde, for their two fete. 20 In lyke maner in the northsyde of the habitacyon there shalbe .xx. bordes 21 ad .xl. sokettes off syluer: two sokettes vnder euery borde. 22 And for the west ende off the habitacyon, shalt thou make syxe bordes, 23 ad two bordes moo for the two west corners of the habitacio: 24 so that these two bordes be coupled to gether beneth and lykewyse aboue with clampes. And so shall it be in both the corners. 25 And so there shalbe .viij. bordes in all and .xvi. solettes of syluer: ij. sokettes vnder euery borde. 26 And thou shalt make barres off sethimwod fiue for the bordes of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and fyue for the other syde, and fyue for the bordes off the west ende. 28 And the mydle barre shall goo alonge thorowe the myddes of the bordes and barre them together fro the one ende vnto the other. 29 And thou shalt couer the bordes with golde and make golden rynges for them to put the barres thorow, ad shalt couer the barres with golde also. 30 And rere vp the habitacion acordinge to the facion ther of that was shewed the in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vayle off Iacyncte, of scarlett, purpull and twyned bysse, and shalt make it off broderd worke and full of cherubyns. 32 And hange it vppon .iiij. pilers of sethim wodd couered with golde ad that their knoppes be couered with golde also and stonde apon .iiij. sokettes of syluer. 33 And thou shalt hage vp the vayle with rynges, and shall brynge in within the vayle, the arke of wittnesse. And the vayle shall deuyde the holye from the most holye. 34 And thou shalt put the mercyseate vppon the arcke of witnesse in the holyest place. 35 And thou shalt put the table without the vayle and candelsticke ouer agaynst the table: vppon the south syde of the habitacion. And put the table on the north syde. 36 And thou shalt make an hangynge for the doore of the tabernacle: of Iacyncte. off scarlett, off purpull and off twyned bysse, wroughte with nedle worke. 37 And thou shalt make for the hangynge, fiue pilers off sethim wodd, and couer both them ad their knoppes with golde, and shalt cast .v. sokettes off brasse for them.
Coverdale(i) 13 vpon both the sydes a cubyte longe, yt the resydue maye be vpon the sydes of the Tabernacle, & couer it vpon both the sydes. 14 Besydes this couerynge thou shalt make a couerynge of reed skynnes of rammes. And aboue this a coueringe of doo skinnes. 15 Thou shalt make bordes also for the habitacion, of Fyrre tre, which shall stonde: 16 one borde shalbe ten cubytes longe, & a cubyte & a half brode. 17 Two fete shal one borde haue, that one maye be set by the other. Thus shalt thou make all the bordes for ye Tabernacle: 18 Twentye of them shal stode towarde the south, 19 which shal haue fourtye sokettes of syluer vnder them, two sokettes vnder euery borde for his two fete. 20 Likewyse vpon the other syde towarde the north there shall stonde twentye bordes also, 21 and fourtye sokettes of syluer, two sokettes vnder euery borde. 22 But behynde the habitacion towarde ye west thou shalt make sixe bordes, 23 and two bordes mo for the two corners of the habitacion, 24 that euery one of them both maye be coupled from vnder vp with his corner borde, and aboue vpon the heade to come eauen together with a clape: 25 so that there be eight bordes with their syluer sokettes, wherof there shalbe sixtene, two vnder euery borde. 26 And thou shalt make barres of fyrre tre, fyue for the bordes vpon the one syde of the Tabernacle, and fyue for the bordes vpon the other syde of the Tabernacle, 27 and fyue for the bordes behinde ye Tabernacle towarde the west. 28 And the barres shalt thou shute thorow ye myddest of the bordes, and faste alltogether from ye one corner to ye other. 29 And thou shalt ouerlaye the bordes wt golde, and make their rynges of golde, that the barres maye be put therin. And the barres shalt thou ouerlaye with golde, 30 and so shalt thou set vp the Tabernacle, acordinge to ye fashion as thou hast sene vpon ye mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vayle of yalow sylke, scarlet, purple, & whyte twyned sylke. And Cherubyns shalt thou make theron of broderd worke, 32 and shalt hange it vpon foure pilers of Fyrre tre which are ouerlayed with golde, hauynge knoppes of golde, and foure sokettes of syluer. 33 And the vayle shalt thou festen with buttons, and set the Arke of wytnesse within the vayle, that it maye be vnto you a difference betwixte the holy and the Most holy. 34 And thou shalt set the Mercy seate vpon the Arke of wytnesse in the Most holy. 35 But set the table without the vayle, and the candelsticke ouer agaynst ye table vpon ye south syde of the Tabernacle, that the table maie stonde on the north syde. 36 And in the dore of the Tabernacle thou shalt make an hanginge, of yalow sylke, purple, scarlet and whyte twyned sylke. 37 And for the same hanginge thou shalt make fyue pilers of Fyrre tre, ouerlayed with golde, with knoppes of golde. And shalt cast fyue sokettes of brasse for them.
MSTC(i) 13 a cubit on the one side and a cubit on the other side, of that, that remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tabernacle, which shall remain of either side of the habitation to cover it withal. 14 And thou shalt make another covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red: and yet another above all of taxus skins. 15 And thou shalt make boards for the habitation of sethim-wood to stand upright: 16 ten cubits long shall every board be, and a cubit and a half broad. 17 Two feet shall one board have to couple them together withal, and so thou shalt make unto all the boards of the habitation. 18 And thou shalt make twenty boards for the habitation on the south side, 19 and thou shalt make forty sockets of silver and put them under the twenty boards: two sockets under every board, for their two feet. 20 In like manner in the north side of the habitation there shall be twenty boards 21 and forty sockets of silver: two sockets under every board. 22 And for the west end of the habitation, shalt thou make six boards, 23 and two boards more for the two west corners of the habitation: 24 so that these two boards be coupled together beneath and likewise above with clamps. And so shall it be in both the corners. 25 And so there shall be eight boards in all, and sixteen sockets of silver: two sockets under every board. 26 "And thou shalt make bars of sethim-wood, five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five for the other side, and five for the boards of the west end. 28 And the middle bar shall go along through the midst of the boards and bar them together from the one end unto the other. 29 And thou shalt cover the boards with gold and make golden rings for them to put the bars through, and shalt cover the bars with gold also. 30 And rear up the habitation according to the fashion thereof that was showed thee in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a veil of jacinth, of scarlet, purple and twined bysse, and shalt make it of broidered work and full of cherubims. 32 And hang it upon four pillars of sethim-wood covered with gold and that their knops be covered with gold also, and stand upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the veil with rings, and shall bring in within the veil, the ark of witness. And the veil shall divide the holy from the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy seat upon the ark of witness in the holiest place. 35 And thou shalt put the table without the veil, and candlestick over against the table, upon the south side of the habitation. And put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make a hanging for the door of the tabernacle: of jacinth, of scarlet, of purple and of twined bysse, wrought with needle work. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging, five pillars of sethim-wood, and cover both them and their knops with gold, and shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
Matthew(i) 13 a cubyte on the one syde & a cubyte on the other syde, of that that remayneth in the length of the curtaynes of the tabernacle, whych shal remayne of ether side of the habitacion to couer it with al. 14 And thou shalte make another couerynge for the tente of rams skynnes dyed red: & yet another aboue al of taxus skynnes. 15 And thou shalt make bordes for the habitacion of sethim wood to stand vp ryght: 16 ten cubytes longe shal euery borde be, and a cubite & an halfe brode. 17 Two fete shall one borde haue to couple them together wt all, & so thou shalt make vnto al the bordes of that habitacion. 18 And thou shalt make .xx. bordes for the habytacion on the south syde, 19 & thou shalt make .xl. sockets of syluer and put theim vnder the .xx. bordes .ij. sockettes vnder euery borde, for their .ij. fete. 20 In lyke maner in the north syde of the habitacion there shalbe .xx. bordes 21 and .xl. sockettes of siluer: two sokettes vnder euery bord. 22 And for the west ende of the habitacion, shalt thou make syxe bordes 23 & two bordes mo for the two west corners of the habitacyon: 24 so that these two bordes be coupled together beneth and lykewyse aboue with clampes. And so shall it be in both the corners. 25 And so ther shal be .viij. bordes in al & .xvi. sockettes of syluer .ij. sockettes vnder euery bord. 26 And thou shalt make barres of sethim wood fyue for the bordes of the one syde of the tabernacle, & fyue for the other syde, 27 and fyue for the bordes of the west ende. 28 And the mydle barre shall goo alonge thorowe the myddes of the bordes and bar them together from the one ende vnto the other. 29 And thou shalte couer the bordes with golde and make golden rynges for them to put the barres thorowe, and shalt couer the barres wyth golde also. 30 And rere vp the habytacyon accordynge to the facyon thereof that was shewed the in the mounte. 31 And thou shalt make a vayle of Iacynct, of scarlet, purpul and twined bisse, and shalt make it of brodred worcke and ful of Cherubyns. 32 And hang it vpon .iiij. pillers of sethym wod couered with gold and that their knoppes be couered with golde also & stand vpon .iiij. sockettes of syluer. 33 And thou shalt hange vp the vayle with rynges, & shalt brynge in within the vayle, the arke of witnes. And the vayle shal deuide the holy from the most holye. 34 And thou shalt put the mercyseate vpon the arke of wytnesse in the holyest place 35 And thou shalt put the table without the vail and candelsticke ouer agaynst the table vpon the south side of the habitacion. And put the table on the north syde. 36 And thou shalt make an hangynge for the doore of the tabernacle: of Iacynte, of scarlet, of purpull and of twyned bysse wrought with nedle worke. 37 And thou shalte make for the hangynge, fyue pyllers of sethim wodde & couer both them & their knoppes wt golde, & shalt cast fyue sockettes of brasse for them
Great(i) 13 that a cubyte on the one syde and a cubyte on the other syde maye remayne in the length of the curtaynes of the coueryng, and that it maye remayne of ether syde of the habitacyon to couer it with all. 14 And vpon the Tabernacle thou shalt make a couerynge of rams skynnes dyed redd: & yet a coueringe aboue all of taxus skynnes. 15 And thou shalt make bordes for the habitacyon of sethim wod to stonde vp ryghte: 16 ten cubytes longe shall euery borde be, and a cubite & an halfe brode. 17 Two fete shall there be in one borde: and they shalbe separate one from another. And thus shalt thou make for all the bordes of the Tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make .xx. bordes for the habitacyon on the south syde, 19 and thou shalt make .xl. sockettes of syluer vnder the .xx. bordes two sockettes vnder one borde; for hys two fete, 20 & two sockettes vnder another borde for his two fete. In lyke maner in the north syde of the habitacyon there shalbe .xx. bordes 21 and .xl. sockettes of syluer: two sockettes vnder one borde, and two sockettes vnder another borde. 22 And in the west ende of the habitacyon, shalt thou make syxe bordes, 23 and two bordes shalt thou make in the corners of the habitacyon in the metynge together of the two sydes. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneth and lyke wyse aboue to a rynge. And thus shall it be for the two bordes that are in the corners. 25 And they shalbe eyght bordes, hauynge sockettes of syluer, euen syxtene sokettes: that there maye be two sokettes vnder one borde, and two sokettes vnder another borde. 26 And thou shalt make barres of sethim wodd, fyue for the bordes of the Tabernacle in one syde, and fyue barres for the bordes of the Tabernacle in the other syde, 27 and fyue barres for the bordes of the Tabernacle in the west ende. 28 And the mydle barre shall goo alonge thorowe the myddes of the bordes from the one ende vnto the other. 29 And thou shalt couer the bordes with golde, and make theyr rynges of golde, to put the barres thorowe, and thou shalt couer the barres with golde also. 30 And thou shalt rere vp the habitacyon accordynge to the facion therof, as it was shewed the in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vayle of yelowe sylke, of purpull, scarlet, and whyte twyned sylke. Of broderd worke with pictures shalt thou make it. 32 And hange it vpon foure pilers of sethim wodd couerd with golde. Whose heades shalbe of golde, stondynge vpon foure sockettes of syluer. 33 And thou shalt hange vp the vayle wyth rynges, that thou mayest bringe in (with in the vayle) the arcke of witnesse. And the vayle shall vnto you deuyde the holye from the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy seate vpon the arcke of wytnesse in the holyest place. 35 And thou shalt put the table without the vayle: and the candelsticke ouer agaynst the table on the south syde of the habitacyon. And put the table on the north syde. 36 And thou shalt make an hangynge for the dore of the Tabernacle: of yelowe sylke purple, scarlet, and white twined sylk wroughte with nedle worke. 37 And thou shalt make for the hangyng, fyue pillers of sethim wodd and couer them with golde, and theyr knoppes shalbe of golde, and thou shalt cast fyue sockettes of brasse for them.
Geneva(i) 13 That the cubite on the one side, and the cubite on the other side of that which is left in the legth of the curtaines of ye couering, may remaine on either side of the Tabernacle to couer it. 14 Moreouer, for that couering thou shalt make a couering of rammes skinnes died red, and a couering of badgers skinnes aboue. 15 Also thou shalt make boards for the Tabernacle of Shittim wood to stand vp. 16 Ten cubites shalbe the length of a boarde, and a cubite and an halfe cubite the breadth of one boarde. 17 Two tenons shalbe in one boarde set in order as the feete of a ladder, one against an other: thus shalt thou make for all the boardes of the Tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make boardes for the Tabernacle, euen twenty boardes on the South side, euen full South. 19 And thou shalt make fourty sockets of siluer vnder the twentie boardes, two sockets vnder one boarde for his two tenons, and two sockets vnder an other boarde for his two tenons. 20 In like maner on the other side of the Tabernacle towarde the North side shalbe twentie boardes, 21 And their fourtie sockets of siluer, two sockets vnder one boarde, and two sockets vnder another board. 22 And on the side of the Tabernacle, toward the West shalt thou make sixe boards. 23 Also two boardes shalt thou make in the corners of the Tabernacle in the two sides. 24 Also they shalbe ioyned beneath, and likewise they shalbe ioyned aboue to a ring: thus shall it be for them two: they shalbe for ye two corners. 25 So they shalbe eight boardes hauing sockets of siluer, euen sixteene sockets, that is, two sockets vnder one board, and two sockets vnder an other boarde. 26 The thou shalt make fiue barres of Shittim wood for the boardes of one side of the Tabernacle, 27 And fiue barres for the boardes of the other side of the Tabernacle: also fiue barres for the boardes of the side of the Tabernacle toward the Westside. 28 And the middle barre shall goe through the middes of the boards, from ende to ende. 29 And thou shalt couer the boards with golde, and make their rings of golde, for places for the barres, and thou shalt couer the barres with golde. 30 So thou shalt reare vp the Tabernacle, according to the facion thereof, which was shewed thee in the mount. 31 Moreouer, thou shalt make a vaile of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen: thou shalt make it of broydred worke with Cherubims. 32 And thou shalt hang it vpon foure pillars of Shittim wood couered with gold, (whose hookes shalbe of gold) stading vpon foure sockets of siluer. 33 Afterward thou shalt hang the vaile on the hookes, that thou mayest bring in thither, that is (within the vaile) the arke of the Testimonie: and the vaile shall make you a separation betweene the Holy place and the most holy place. 34 Also thou shalt put ye Mercy seate vpon the Arke of the testimonie in the most Holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the Table without the vaile, and the Candlesticke ouer against the Table on the Southside of the Tabernacle, and thou shalt set the Table on the Northside. 36 Also thou shalt make an hanging for the dore of ye Tabernacle of blew silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen wrought with needle. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging fiue pillars of Shittim, and couer them with gold: their heads shalbe of golde, and thou shalt cast fiue sockets of brasse for them.
Bishops(i) 13 That a cubite on the one syde, and a cubite on the other syde, which may remayne in the length of the curtaines of the coueryng, may remayne on eyther syde of the tabernacle to couer it withal 14 And vppon the tabernacle, thou shalt make a coueryng of Rammes skynnes dyed red, and yet a coueryng aboue all of Taxus skynnes 15 And thou shalt make boordes for the tabernacle of Sittim wood, to stande vpryght 16 Ten cubites long shall euery boorde be, and a cubite and a halfe brode 17 Two tenons shall there be in one boorde, set in order, as ladder staues one from another: and thus shalt thou make for all the boordes of the tabernacle 18 And thou shalt make boordes for the tabernacle [euen] twentie boordes on the south side, euen full south 19 And thou shalt make fourtie sockettes of siluer vnder the twentie boordes: two sockettes vnder one boorde for his two tenons, and two sockettes vnder another boorde for his two tenons 20 In lyke maner, in the seconde syde of the tabernacle towarde the north, [there shalbe] twentie boordes 21 And fourtie sockettes of syluer: two sockettes vnder one boorde, and two sockettes vnder another boorde 22 And in the west ende of the tabernacle, thou shalt make sixe boordes 23 And two boordes shalt thou make in the corners of the tabernacle, in the meetyng together of the two sydes 24 And they shalbe coupled together beneathe, and lykewyse shalbe coupled aboue to a rynge: and thus shall it be for the two boordes that are in the corners 25 And they shalbe eyght boordes, hauing sockettes of siluer, euen sixteene sockets: [that there may be] two sockets vnder one boorde, & two vnder another boorde 26 And thou shalt make barres of Sittim wood, fiue for the boordes of the tabernacle in one syde 27 And fiue barres for the boordes of the tabernacle on the other syde, and fiue barres for the boordes of the tabernacle in the west ende 28 And the middle barre shall go alonge through the middest of the boordes fro the one ende to the other 29 And thou shalt couer the boordes with golde, and make their ringes of golde to put the barres through, and thou shalt couer the barres with golde also 30 And thou shalt reare vp the tabernacle, accordyng to the fassion therof, as it was shewed thee in the mount 31 And thou shalt make a vayle of blewe silke, of purple, skarlet, and whyte twyned silke: of brodered worke with Cherubims shall ye make it 32 And hang it vpon foure pillers of Sittim wood couered with golde (whose head shalbe of golde) standing vpon foure sockets of siluer 33 And thou shalt hang vp the vayle on the taches, that thou mayest bryng in within the vayle the arke of witnesse, and the vayle shall deuide vnto you the holy [place] from the most holy [place. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy seate vpon the arke of witnesse, in the holyest place 35 And thou shalt put the table without the vayle, and the candelsticke ouer against the table on the south side of the tabernacle, and put the table on the north syde 36 And thou shalt make an hanging for the doore of the tabernacle of blew silke, purple, scarlet, and whyte twyned silke wrought with needle worke 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging fiue pillers of Sittim wood, and couer them with golde, and their knoppes shalbe of golde, and thou shalt cast fiue sockets of brasse for them
DouayRheims(i) 13 And there shall hang down a cubit on the one side, and another on the other side, which is over and above in the length of the curtains, fencing both sides of the tabernacle. 14 Thou shalt make also another cover to the roof of rams' skins dyed red: and over that again another cover of violet coloured skins. 15 Thou shalt make also the boards of the tabernacle standing upright of setim wood. 16 Let every one of them be ten cubits in length, and in breadth one cubit and a half. 17 In the sides of the boards shall be made two mortises, whereby one board may be joined to another board: and after this manner shall all the boards be prepared. 18 Of which twenty shall be in the south side southward. 19 For which thou shalt cast forty sockets of silver, that under every board may be put two sockets at the two corners. 20 In the second side also of the tabernacle that looketh to the north, there shall be twenty boards, 21 Having forty sockets of silver, two sockets shall be put under each board. 22 But on the west side of the tabernacle thou shalt make six boards. 23 And again other two which shall be erected in the corners at the back of the tabernacle. 24 And they shall be joined together from beneath unto the top, and one joint shall hold them all. The like joining shall be observed for the two boards also that are to be put in the corners. 25 And they shall be in all eight boards, and their silver sockets sixteen, reckoning two sockets for each board. 26 Thou shalt make also five bars of setim wood, to hold together the boards on one side of the tabernacle. 27 And five others on the other side, and as many at the west side: 28 And they shall be put along by the midst of the boards, from one end to the other. 29 The boards also themselves thou shalt overlay with gold, and shalt cast rings of gold to be set upon them, for places for the bars to hold together the boardwork: which bars thou shalt cover with plates of gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the pattern that was shewn thee in the mount. 31 Thou shalt make also a veil of violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen, wrought with embroidered work and goodly variety: 32 And thou shalt hang it up before four pillars of setim wood, which themselves also shall be overlaid with gold, and shall have heads of gold, but sockets of silver. 33 And the veil shall be hanged on with rings, and within it thou shalt put the ark of the testimony, and the sanctuary and the holy of the holies shall be divided with it. 34 And thou shalt set the propitiatory upon the ark of the testimony, in the holy of holies. 35 And the table without the veil, and over against the table the candlestick in the south side of the tabernacle: for the table shall stand in the north side. 36 Thou shalt make also a hanging in the entrance of the tabernacle of violet, and purple, and scarlet twice dyed, and fine twisted linen with embroidered work. 37 And thou shalt overlay with gold five pillars of setim wood, before which the hanging shall be drawn: their heads shall be of gold, and the sockets of brass.
KJV(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins. 15 And thou shalt make boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order one against another: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two tenons, and two sockets under another board for his two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards: 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was showed thee in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubim shall it be made: 32 And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the vail under the taches, that thou mayest bring in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the vail, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make an hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, wrought with needlework. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
KJV_Cambridge(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins. 15 And thou shalt make boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order one against another: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two tenons, and two sockets under another board for his two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards: 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was shewed thee in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubims shall it be made: 32 And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the vail under the taches, that thou mayest bring in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the vail, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make an hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, wrought with needlework. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
KJV_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 And a cubit H2088 on the one side H520 , and a cubit H5736 on the other side of that which remaineth [H8802]   H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent H5628 , it shall hang [H8803]   H6654 over the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3680 on this side and on that side, to cover [H8763]   it.
  14 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams H5785 ' skins H119 dyed red [H8794]   H4372 , and a covering H4605 above H8476 of badgers H5785 ' skins.
  15 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H7175 boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of shittim H6086 wood H5975 standing up [H8802]  .
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board H520 , and a cubit H2677 and a half H7341 shall be the breadth H259 of one H7175 board.
  17 H8147 Two H3027 tenons H259 shall there be in one H7175 board H7947 , set in order [H8794]   H802 one H269 against another H6213 : thus shalt thou make [H8799]   H7175 for all the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle H6242 , twenty H7175 boards H5045 on the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8799]   H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H6242 under the twenty H7175 boards H8147 ; two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 for his two H3027 tenons H8147 , and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board H8147 for his two H3027 tenons.
  20 H8145 And for the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H6828 on the north H6285 side H6242 there shall be twenty H7175 boards:
  21 H705 And their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H8147 ; two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 , and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 And for the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 thou shalt make [H8799]   H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H8147 And two H7175 boards H6213 shalt thou make [H8799]   H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the two sides.
  24 H8382 And they shall be coupled H4295 together beneath H8382 , and they shall be coupled [H8802]   H3162 together H7218 above the head H259 of it unto one H2885 ring H8147 : thus shall it be for them both H8147 ; they shall be for the two H4740 corners.
  25 H8083 And they shall be eight H7175 boards H134 , and their sockets H3701 of silver H8337 , sixteen H6240   H134 sockets H8147 ; two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 , and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H1280 bars H7848 of shittim H6086 wood H2568 ; five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 And five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H2568 , and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 , for the two sides H3220 westward.
  28 H8484 And the middle H1280 bar H8432 in the midst H7175 of the boards H1272 shall reach [H8688]   H7097 from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 And thou shalt overlay [H8762]   H7175 the boards H2091 with gold H6213 , and make [H8799]   H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars H6823 : and thou shalt overlay [H8765]   H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 And thou shalt rear up [H8689]   H4908 the tabernacle H4941 according to the fashion H7200 thereof which was shewed [H8717]   H2022 thee in the mount.
  31 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H6532 a vail H8504 of blue H713 , and purple H8144 , and scarlet H8438   H7806 , and fine twined [H8716]   H8336 linen H2803 of cunning [H8802]   H4639 work H3742 : with cherubims H6213 shall it be made [H8799]  :
  32 H5414 And thou shalt hang [H8804]   H702 it upon four H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 wood overlaid [H8794]   H2091 with gold H2053 : their hooks H2091 shall be of gold H702 , upon the four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 And thou shalt hang up [H8804]   H6532 the vail H7165 under the taches H935 , that thou mayest bring [H8689]   H1004 in thither within H6532 the vail H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony H6532 : and the vail H914 shall divide [H8689]   H6944 unto you between the holy H6944 place and the most H6944 holy.
  34 H5414 And thou shalt put [H8804]   H3727 the mercy seat H727 upon the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place .
  35 H7760 And thou shalt set [H8804]   H7979 the table H2351 without H6532 the vail H4501 , and the candlestick H5227 over against H7979 the table H6763 on the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south H5414 : and thou shalt put [H8799]   H7979 the table H6828 on the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H4539 an hanging H6607 for the door H168 of the tent H8504 , of blue H713 , and purple H8438 , and scarlet H8144   H7806 , and fine twined [H8716]   H8336 linen H4639 , wrought H7551 with needlework [H8802]  .
  37 H6213 And thou shalt make [H8804]   H4539 for the hanging H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 wood, and overlay [H8765]   H2091 them with gold H2053 , and their hooks H2091 shall be of gold H3332 : and thou shalt cast [H8804]   H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
Thomson(i) 13 a cubit on one side and a cubit on the other from the length of the hair curtain more than that of the tabernacle. It shall compleatly infold both the sides of the tabernacle so as to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a counter covering for the tabernacle of rams' skins dyed red and an upper covering of skins dyed blue. 15 Thou shalt also make pilasters for the tabernacle of incorruptible wood. 16 Thou shalt make each pilaster ten cubits long and a cubit and a half broad 17 with two rabbets to each pilaster to fit the pilasters one to another. In this manner thou shalt make all the pilasters of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the pilasters for the tabernacle twenty pilasters for the north side; 19 and for these twenty pilasters thou shalt make forty bases of silver, two for each pilaster, for both the ends thereof: 20 And for the other side towards the south, twenty pilasters 21 with their forty bases of silver, two for each pilaster for both the ends thereof: 22 and for the end of the tabernacle which is towards the west thou shalt make six pilasters; 23 and at the corners of the tabernacle out of the hinder ends thou shalt make two pilasters and the side on the end shall be of the same piece and as wide as the other side; 24 both sides shall be equal from the corner to the first joint. That thou mayst do this at both corners the corner pilasters must have equal sides. 25 So there will be eight pilasters and their bases of silver sixteen, two for each pilaster for the two ends thereof. 26 And thou shalt make bars of incorruptible wood; five for one range of pilasters on one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the other range of pilasters on the other side of the tabernacle; and five for the end of the tabernacle facing the west. 28 And let the bar which is along the middle of the ranges of pilasters reach from one corner to the other. 29 And thou shalt overlay the pilasters with gold. And thou shalt make rings of gold into which thou shalt put the bars; and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the pattern shewn thee on this mount. 31 Thou shalt also make a veil of blue and purple and scarlet yarn and cotton thread. 32 This thou shalt make a work inwoven with cherubs: and thou shalt hang it on four pillars of incorruptible wood overlaid with gold, the capitals of which are to be of gold and their four bases of silver. 33 And having hung up the veil upon the pillars, thou shalt bring in there within the veil the ark of the testimony. And the veil shall make a division for you, between the Holy and the Holy of Holies. 34 And with the veil thou shalt cover from view the ark of the testimony in the Holy of Holies. 35 And thou shalt place the table without the veil, and the candlestick over against the table on the south side of the tabernacle, and the table thou shalt place on the north side of the tabernacle. 36 And thou shalt make a draw curtain for the door of the tabernacle, of blue and purple and scarlet yarn and cotton thread, the work of an embroiderer; 37 And for this veil thou shalt make five pillars and overlay them with gold and their capitals shall be of gold but thou shalt cast for them five bases of brass.
Webster(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent, of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins. 15 And thou shalt make boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order one against another: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards: 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it to one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars; and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was shown thee on the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of curious work: with cherubim shall it be made. 32 And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang the vail under the buttons, that thou mayst bring in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail shall divide to you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy-seat upon the ark of the testimony, in the most holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the vail, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle towards the south: and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make a hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, wrought with needle work. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
Webster_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 And a cubit H2088 on the one side H520 , and a cubit H5736 [H8802] on the other side of that which remaineth H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent H5628 [H8803] , shall hang H6654 over the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3680 [H8763] on this side and on that side, to cover it.
  14 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams H5785 ' skins H119 [H8794] dyed red H4372 , and a covering H4605 above H8476 of badgers H5785 ' skins.
  15 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H7175 boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of shittim H6086 wood H5975 [H8802] standing up.
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board H520 , and a cubit H2677 and a half H7341 shall be the breadth H259 of one H7175 board.
  17 H8147 Two H3027 tenons H259 shall there be in one H7175 board H7947 [H8794] , set in order H802 one H269 against another H6213 [H8799] : thus shalt thou make H7175 for all the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle H6242 , twenty H7175 boards H5045 on the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 [H8799] And thou shalt make H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H6242 under the twenty H7175 boards H8147 ; two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons H8147 , and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons.
  20 H8145 And for the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H6828 on the north H6285 side H6242 there shall be twenty H7175 boards:
  21 H705 And their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H8147 ; two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 , and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 And for the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 [H8799] thou shalt make H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H8147 And two H7175 boards H6213 [H8799] shalt thou make H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the two sides.
  24 H8382 And they shall be coupled H4295 together beneath H8382 [H8802] , and they shall be coupled H3162 together H7218 above the head H259 of it to one H2885 ring H8147 : thus shall it be for them both H8147 ; they shall be for the two H4740 corners.
  25 H8083 And they shall be eight H7175 boards H134 , and their sockets H3701 of silver H8337 H6240 , sixteen H134 sockets H8147 ; two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 , and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H1280 bars H7848 of shittim H6086 wood H2568 ; five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 And five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H2568 , and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 , for the two sides H3220 westward.
  28 H8484 And the middle H1280 bar H8432 in the midst H7175 of the boards H1272 [H8688] shall reach H7097 from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 [H8762] And thou shalt overlay H7175 the boards H2091 with gold H6213 [H8799] , and make H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars H6823 [H8765] : and thou shalt overlay H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 [H8689] And thou shalt rear up H4908 the tabernacle H4941 according to its fashion H7200 [H8717] which was shown H2022 thee on the mount.
  31 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H6532 a veil H8504 of blue H713 , and purple H8144 H8438 , and scarlet H7806 [H8716] , and fine twined H8336 linen H2803 [H8802] of skilful H4639 work H3742 : with cherubim H6213 [H8799] shall it be made:
  32 H5414 [H8804] And thou shalt hang H702 it upon four H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 [H8794] wood overlaid H2091 with gold H2053 : their hooks H2091 shall be of gold H702 , upon the four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 [H8804] And thou shalt hang H6532 the veil H7165 under the clasps H935 [H8689] , that thou mayest bring H1004 in these within H6532 the veil H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony H6532 : and the veil H914 [H8689] shall divide H6944 to you between the holy H6944 place and the most H6944 holy.
  34 H5414 [H8804] And thou shalt put H3727 the mercy seat H727 upon the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place.
  35 H7760 [H8804] And thou shalt set H7979 the table H2351 outside H6532 the veil H4501 , and the lampstand H5227 opposite H7979 the table H6763 on the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south H5414 [H8799] : and thou shalt put H7979 the table H6828 on the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H4539 an hanging H6607 for the door H168 of the tent H8504 , of blue H713 , and purple H8438 H8144 , and scarlet H7806 [H8716] , and fine twined H8336 linen H4639 , wrought H7551 [H8802] with needlework.
  37 H6213 [H8804] And thou shalt make H4539 for the hanging H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 [H8765] wood, and overlay H2091 them with gold H2053 , and their hooks H2091 shall be of gold H3332 [H8804] : and thou shalt cast H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
Brenton(i) 13 A cubit an this side, and a cubit on that side of that which remains of the skins, of the length of the skins of the tabernacle: it shall be folding over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and that side, that it may cover it. 14 And thou shalt make for a covering of the tabernacle rams' skins dyed red, and blue skins as coverings above. 15 And thou shalt make the posts of the tabernacle of incorruptible wood. 16 Of ten cubits shalt thou make one post, and the breadth of one post of a cubit and a half. 17 Two joints shalt thou make in one post, answering the one to the other: so shalt thou do to all the posts of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make posts to the tabernacle, twenty posts on the north side. 19 And thou shalt make to the twenty posts forty silver sockets; two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post on both its sides. 20 And for the next side, toward the south, twenty posts, 21 and their forty silver sockets: two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post on both its sides. 22 And on the back of the tabernacle at the part which is toward the west thou shalt make six posts. 23 And thou shalt make two posts on the corners of the tabernacle behind. 24 And it shall be equal below, they shall be equal toward the same part from the heads to one joining; so shalt thou make to both the two corners, let them be equal. 25 And there shall be eight posts, and their sixteen silver sockets; two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post. 26 And thou shalt make bars of incorruptible wood; five to one post on one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars to one post on the second side of the tabernacle, and five bars to the hinder posts, on the side of the tabernacle toward the sea. 28 And let the bar in the middle between the posts go through from the one side to the other side. 29 And thou shalt gild the posts with gold; and thou shalt make golden rings, into which thou shalt introduce the bars, and thou shalt gild the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt set up the tabernacle according to the pattern shewed thee in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a veil of blue and purple and scarlet woven, and fine linen spun: thou shalt make it cherubs in woven work. 32 And thou shalt set it upon four posts of incorruptible wood overlaid with gold; and their tops shall be gold, and their four sockets shall be of silver. 33 And thou shalt put the veil on the posts, and thou shalt carry in thither within the veil the ark of the testimony; and the veil shall make a separation for you between the holy and the holy of holies. 34 And thou shalt screen with the veil the ark of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 And thou shalt set the table outside the veil, and the candlestick opposite the table on the south side of the tabernacle; and thou shalt put the table on the north side of the tabernacle. 36 And thou shalt make a screen for the door of the tabernacle of blue, and purple, and spun scarlet and fine linen spun, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And thou shalt make for the veil five posts, and thou shalt gild them with gold; and their chapiters shall be gold; and thou shalt cast for them five brazen sockets.
Brenton_Greek(i) 13 Πῆχυν ἐκ τούτου, καὶ πῆχυν ἐκ τούτου, ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερέχοντος τῶν δέῤῥεων, ἐκ τοῦ μήκους τῶν δέῤῥεων τῆς σκηνῆς· ἔσται συγκαλύπτον ἐπὶ τὰ πλάγια τῆς σκηνῆς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν, ἵνα καλύπτῃ. 14 Καὶ ποιήσεις κατακάλυμμα τῇ σκηνῇ δέρματα κριῶν ἠρυθροδανωμένα, καὶ ἐπικαλύμματα δέρματα ὑακίνθινα ἐπάνωθεν.
15 Καὶ ποιήσεις στύλους τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων. 16 Δέκα πήχεων ποιήσεις τὸν στύλον τὸν ἕνα, καὶ πήχεως ἑνὸς καὶ ἡμίσους τὸ πλάτος τοῦ στύλου τοῦ ἑνός. 17 Δύο ἀγκωνίσκους τῷ στύλῳ, τῷ ἑνί, ἀντιπίπτοντας ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ· οὕτω ποιήσεις πᾶσι τοῖς στύλοις τῆς σκηνῆς. 18 Καὶ ποιήσεις στύλους τῇ σκηνῇ, εἴκοσι στύλους ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ πρὸς βοῤῥᾶν. 19 Καὶ τεσσαράκοντα βάσεις ἀργυρᾶς ποιήσεις τοῖς εἴκοσι στύλοις. Δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ· καὶ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ· 20 Καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ δεύτερον τὸ πρὸς Νότον, εἴκοσι στύλους, 21 καὶ τεσσαράκοντα βάσεις αὐτῶν ἀργυρᾶς· δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ, καὶ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ. 22 Καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀπίσω τῆς σκηνῆς κατὰ τὸ μέρος τὸ πρὸς θάλασσαν ποιήσεις ἓξ στύλους. 23 Καὶ δύο στύλους ποιήσεις ἐπὶ τῶν γωνιῶν τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκ τῶν ὀπισθίων. 24 Καὶ ἔσται ἐξ ἴσου κάτωθεν· κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ἔσονται ἴσοι ἐκ τῶν κεφαλῶν εἰς σύμβλησιν μίαν· οὕτω ποιήσεις ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς δυσὶ γωνίαις· ἴσαι ἔστωσαν. 25 Καὶ ἔσονται ὀκτὼ στύλοι, καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν ἀργυραῖ δεκαέξ· δύο βάσεις τῷ ἑνὶ στύλῳ εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ, καὶ δύο βάσεις τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνί. 26 Καὶ ποιήσεις μοχλοὺς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων· πέντε τῷ ἑνὶ στύλῳ ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς μέρους τῆς σκηνῆς, 27 καὶ πέντε μοχλοὺς τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ἑνὶ κλίτει τῆς σκηνῆς τῷ δευτέρῳ, καὶ πέντε μοχλοὺς τῷ στύλῳ τῷ ὀπισθίῳ τῷ κλίτει τῆς σκηνῆς τῷ πρὸς θάλασσαν. 28 Καὶ ὁ μοχλὸς ὁ μέσος ἀναμέσον τῶν στύλων διϊκνείσθω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς κλίτους εἰς τὸ ἕτερον κλίτος. 29 Καὶ τοὺς στύλους καταχρυσώσεις χρυσίῳ· καὶ τοὺς δακτυλίους ποιήσεις χρυσοῦς, εἰς οὓς εἰσάξεις τοὺς μοχλούς· καὶ καταχρυσώσεις τοὺς μοχλοὺς χρυσίῳ. 30 Καὶ ἀναστήσεις τὴν σκηνὴν κατὰ τὸ εἶδος τὸ δεδειγμένον σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει.
31 Καὶ ποιήσεις καταπέτασμα ἐξ ὑακίνθου, καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου, καί βύσσου νενησμένης· ἔργον ὑφαντὸν ποιήσεις αὐτὸ χερουβίμ. 32 Καὶ ἐπιθήσεις αὐτὸ ἐπί τεσσάρων στύλων ἀσήπτων κεχρυσωμένων χρυσίῳ· καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν χρυσαῖ, καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν τέσσαρες ἀργυραῖ. 33 Καὶ θήσεις τὸ καταπέτασμα ἐπὶ τῶν στύλων· καὶ εἰσοίσεις ἐκεῖ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ διοριεῖ τό καταπέτασμα ὑμῖν ἀναμέσον τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ ἀναμέσον τοῦ ἁγίου τῶν ἁγίων. 34 Καὶ κατακαλύψεις τῷ καταπετάσματι τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ τῶν ἁγίων. 35 Καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὴν τράπεζαν ἔξωθεν τοῦ καταπετάσματος, καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν ἀπέναντι τῆς τραπέζης ἐπὶ μέρους τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ πρὸς Νότον· καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν θήσεις ἐπὶ μέρους τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ πρὸς βοῤῥᾶν. 36 Καὶ ποιήσεις ἐπίσπαστρον τῇ θύρᾳ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐξ ὑακίνθου, καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ κοκκίνου κεκλωσμένου, καὶ βύσσου κεκλωσμένης, ἔργον ποικιλτοῦ. 37 Καὶ ποιήσεις τῷ καταπετάσματι πέντε στύλους, καὶ χρυσώσεις αὐτοὺς χρυσίῳ· καὶ αἱ κεφαλίδες αὐτῶν χρυσαῖ· καὶ χωνεύσεις αὐτοῖς πέντε βάσεις χαλκᾶς.
Leeser(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side in the excess in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall be hanging down over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a cover for the tent of rams’ skins dyed red, and a cover of badgers’ skins above. 15 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of each board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of each one board. 17 There shall be two tenons for every board, fitted in, one against the other: the like shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle: twenty boards for the south side, on the right. 19 And forty sockets of silver shalt thou make under the twenty boards; two sockets under the one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under the other board for its two tenons. 20 And for the other side of the tabernacle, for the north side, there shall be twenty boards; 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under the one board, and two sockets under the other board. 22 And for the back wall of the tabernacle, westward, thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the back wall. 24 And they shall be closely fitting together beneath, and they shall be closely joined together on the top by means of one ring: thus shall it be for both of them; for the two corners shall they be. 25 And so they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets: two sockets under the one board, and two sockets under the other board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of shittim wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle; 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the back wall, westward; 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards, passing from the one end to the other end. 29 And the boards thou shalt overlay with gold, and their rings thou shalt make of gold, as receptacles for the bars; and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle, according to the fashion thereof, which thou hast been shown on the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet yarn, and twisted linen, of weavers’ work shall it be made, with cherubim. 32 And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks also shall be of gold; upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the vail under the hooks; and thou shalt bring in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony; and the vail shall divide unto you between the holy place and the holy of holies. 34 And thou shalt put the cover upon the ark of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the vail, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle, toward the south; and the table thou shalt put on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make a hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet yarn, and twisted linen; the work of the embroiderer. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, their hooks also shall be of gold; and thou shalt cast for them five sockets of copper.
YLT(i) 13 and the cubit on this side, and the cubit on that, in the superfluity in the length of the curtains of the tent, is spread out over the sides of the tabernacle, on this and on that, to cover it; 14 and thou hast made a covering for the tent, of rams' skins made red, and a covering of badgers' skins above.
15 `And thou hast made the boards for the tabernacle, of shittim wood, standing up; 16 ten cubits is the length of the board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of the one board; 17 two handles are to the one board, joined one unto another; so thou dost make for all the boards of the tabernacle; 18 and thou hast made the boards of the tabernacle: twenty boards for the south side southward; 19 and forty sockets of silver thou dost make under the twenty boards, two sockets under the one board for its two handles, and two sockets under the other board for its two handles. 20 `And for the second side of the tabernacle, for the north side, are twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver, two sockets under the one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward, thou dost make six boards. 23 And two boards thou dost make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides. 24 And they are pairs beneath, and together they are pairs above its head unto the one ring; so is it for them both, they are for the two corners. 25 And they have been eight boards, and their sockets of silver are sixteen sockets, two sockets under the one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 `And thou hast made bars of shittim wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the second side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle at the two sides, westward; 28 and one hath caused the middle bar in the midst of the boards to reach from end unto end; 29 and the boards thou dost overlay with gold, and their rings thou dost make of gold places for bars, and hast overlaid their bars with gold; 30 and thou hast raised up the tabernacle according to its fashion which thou hast been shewn in the mount.
31 `And thou hast made a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and twined linen, work of a designer; he maketh it with cherubs; 32 and thou hast put it on four pillars of shittim wood, overlaid with gold, their pegs are of gold, on four sockets of silver. 33 `And thou hast put the vail under the hooks, and hast brought in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony; and the vail hath made a separation for you between the holy and the holy of holies. 34 `And thou hast put the mercy-seat on the ark of the testimony, in the holy of holies. 35 `And thou hast set the table at the outside of the vail, and the candlestick over-against the table on the side of the tabernacle southward, and the table thou dost put on the north side. 36 `And thou hast made a covering for the opening of the tent, blue, and purple, and scarlet, and twined linen, work of an embroiderer; 37 and thou hast made for the covering five pillars of shittim wood, and hast overlaid them with gold, their pegs are of gold, and thou hast cast for them five sockets of brass.
JuliaSmith(i) 13 And a cubit from this, and the cubit from this, in the remainder in the length of the curtains of the tent; it shall be spread upon the sides of the tent from this, and from this, for its covering. 14 And make a covering for the tent of the skins of rams made red, and a covering of tahash skins from above. 15 And make boards for the tent of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits the length of the board, and a cubit and half a cubit the breadth of one board. 17 Two hands for the one board, connected the one to the other: so shalt thou do to all the boards of the tent. 18 And make the boards to the tent, twenty boards to the south side on the right hand. 19 And forty silver bases thou shalt make under the twenty boards: two bases for the one board for its two hands. 20 And for the second rib of the tent, to the north side, twenty boards. 21 And forty silver bases; two bases under the one board, and two bases under the one board. 22 And for the hinder parts of the tent to the sea, thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make to the angles of the tent in the two hinder parts. 24 And they shall be doubled from below, and they shall be one; they shall be complete above the head to the one ring: so it shall be; for the two corners shall they be. 25 And there shall be eight boards; and their bases of silver, sixteen bases; two bases under the one board, and two bases under the one board. 26 And make bars of acacia wood; five for the boards of the one rib of the tent 27 And five bars for the boards of the rib of the tent, and five bars for the boards of the rib of the tent, for the two hinder parts to the sea. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards passing through from end to end. 29 And the boards shalt thou spread over with gold, and thou shalt make their rings gold, houses for the bars: and spread over the bars with gold. 30 And raise up the tent according to its judgment which thou sawest in the mount 31 And make a vail of cerulean purple, and red purple, and double scarlet, and twisted byssus, the work of the artificer: he shall make with it Cherubs. 32 And give it upon four acacia pillars spread over with gold: their pegs of gold upon four silver bases. 33 And give the vail under the hooks, and bring in there from the inside of the vail, the ark of the testimony: and the vail separating to you between the holy and between the holy of holies. 34 And give the vail upon the ark of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 And put the table from without the vail, and the chandelier over against the table upon the rib of the tent at the right hand and the table thou shalt give upon the north rib. 36 And make a covering for the door of the tent, cerulean purple, red purple, and double scarlet and white byssus, a variegated work. 37 And make for the covering five acacia pillars, and spread them over with gold, their pegs gold: and cast for them five bases of brass.
Darby(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams` skins dyed red, and a covering of badgers` skins over [that]. 15 And the boards for the tabernacle thou shalt make of acacia-wood, standing up; 16 ten cubits the length of the board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of one board. 17 One board shall have two tenons, connected one with the other: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty bases of silver under the twenty boards; two bases under one board for its two tenons, and two bases under another board for its two tenons. 20 And for the other side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards. 21 And their forty bases of silver; two bases under one board, and two bases under another board. 22 And for the rear of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle at the rear; 24 and they shall be joined beneath, and together shall be united at the top thereof to one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their bases, of silver, sixteen bases; two bases under one board, and two bases under another board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of acacia-wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle at the rear westward; 28 and the middle bar in the midst of the boards reaching from one end to the other. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make [of] gold their rings, the receptacles of the bars, and shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt set up the tabernacle according to its fashion, as hath been shewn thee on the mountain. 31 And thou shalt make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and twined byssus; of artistic work shall it be made, with cherubim. 32 And thou shalt attach it to four pillars of acacia-wood overlaid with gold, their hooks of gold; they shall be on four bases of silver. 33 And thou shalt bring the veil under the clasps, and bring in thither, inside the veil, the ark of the testimony; and the curtain shall make a division to you between the holy [place] and the holiest of all. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy-seat on the ark of the testimony in the holiest of all. 35 And thou shalt set the table outside the veil, and the lamp-stand opposite to the table on the side of the tabernacle southward; and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make for the entrance of the tent a curtain of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and twined byssus, of embroidery. 37 And thou shalt make for the curtain five pillars of acacia[-wood], and overlay them with gold; their hooks shall be of gold; and thou shalt cast five bases of copper for them.
ERV(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side, of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams’ skins dyed red, and a covering of sealskins above. 15 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in each board, joined one to another: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards for the south side southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons: 20 and for the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards: 21 and their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the hinder part of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the hinder part. 24 And they shall be double beneath, and in like manner they shall be entire unto the top thereof unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of acacia wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the hinder part westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall pass through from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which hath been shewed thee in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen: with cherubim the work of the cunning workman shall it be made: 32 and thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold, their hooks [shall be] of gold, upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the veil under the clasps, and shalt bring in thither within the veil the ark of the testimony: and the veil shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy-seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the veil, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make a screen for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And thou shalt make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold; their hooks shall be of gold: and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
ASV(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side, of that which remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering of sealskins above.
15 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in each board, joined one to another: thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards for the south side southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons: 20 and for the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the hinder part of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the hinder part. 24 And they shall be double beneath, and in like manner they shall be entire unto the top thereof unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board.
26 And thou shalt make bars of acacia wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the hinder part westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall pass through from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which hath been showed thee in the mount.
31 And thou shalt make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen: with cherubim the work of the skilful workman shall it be made: 32 and thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold; their hooks [shall be] of gold, upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the veil under the clasps, and shalt bring in thither within the veil the ark of the testimony: and the veil shall separate unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the mercy-seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the veil, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and thou shalt put the table on the north side.
36 And thou shalt make a screen for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And thou shalt make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold: their hooks shall be of gold: and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
ASV_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 And the cubit H2088 on the one side, H520 and the cubit H5736 on the other side, of that which remaineth H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent, H5628 shall hang H6654 over the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3680 on this side and on that side, to cover it.
  14 H6213 And thou shalt make H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams' H5785 skins H119 dyed red, H4372 and a covering H4605 of H5785 sealskins H4605 above.
  15 H6213 And thou shalt make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of acacia H6086 wood, H5975 standing up.
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board, H520 and a cubit H2677 and a half H7341 the breadth H259 of each H7175 board.
  17 H8147 Two H3027 tenons H259 shall there be in each H7175 board, H259 joined one H7947 to H269 another: H6213 thus shalt thou make H7175 for all the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 And thou shalt make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle, H6242 twenty H7175 boards H5045 for the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 And thou shalt make H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H6242 under the twenty H7175 boards; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons:
  20 H8145 and for the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H6828 on the north H6285 side, H6242 twenty H7175 boards,
  21 H705 and their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 And for the hinder H4908 part of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 thou shalt make H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H8147 And two H7175 boards H6213 shalt thou make H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the hinder part.
  24 H8382 And they shall be double H4295 beneath, H8382 and in like manner H3162 they H7218 shall be entire unto the top H259 thereof unto one H2885 ring: H8147 thus shall it be for them both; H8147 they shall be for the two H4740 corners.
  25 H8083 And there shall be eight H7175 boards, H134 and their sockets H3701 of silver, H8337 sixteen H134 sockets; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 And thou shalt make H1280 bars H7848 of acacia H6086 wood; H2568 five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle, H3411 for the hinder part H3220 westward.
  28 H8484 And the middle H1280 bar H8432 in the midst H7175 of the boards H1272 shall pass H7097 through from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 And thou shalt overlay H7175 the boards H2091 with gold, H6213 and make H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars: H6823 and thou shalt overlay H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 And thou shalt rear up H4908 the tabernacle H4941 according to the fashion H7200 thereof which hath been showed H2022 thee in the mount.
  31 H6213 And thou shalt make H6532 a veil H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8144 and scarlet, H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen: H3742 with cherubim H4639 the work H2803 of the skilful H6213 workman shall it be made:
  32 H5414 and thou shalt hang H702 it upon four H5982 pillars H7848 of acacia H6823 overlaid H2091 with gold; H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold, H702 upon four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 And thou shalt hang up H6532 the veil H7165 under the clasps, H935 and shalt bring H1004 in thither within H6532 the veil H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony: H6532 and the veil H914 shall separate H6944 unto you between the holy H6944 place and the most H6944 holy.
  34 H5414 And thou shalt put H3727 the mercy-seat H727 upon the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place.
  35 H7760 And thou shalt set H7979 the table H2351 without H6532 the veil, H4501 and the candlestick H5227 over against H7979 the table H6763 on the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south: H5414 and thou shalt put H7979 the table H6828 on the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 And thou shalt make H4539 a screen H6607 for the door H168 of the Tent, H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8438 and scarlet, H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen, H4639 the work H7551 of the embroiderer.
  37 H6213 And thou shalt make H4539 for the screen H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of acacia, H6823 and overlay H2091 them with gold; H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold: H3332 and thou shalt cast H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
JPS_ASV_Byz(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side, of that which remaineth over in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red and a covering of sealskins above. 15 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia-wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in each board, joined one to another; thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards for the south side southward: 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards: two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons; 20 and for the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards. 21 And their forty sockets of silver: two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the hinder part of the tabernacle westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the hinder part. 24 And they shall be double beneath, and in like manner they shall be complete unto the top thereof unto the first ring; thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 Thus there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets: two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shalt make bars of acacia-wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the hinder part westward; 28 and the middle bar in the midst of the boards, which shall pass through from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for holders for the bars; and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which hath been shown thee in the mount. 31 And thou shalt make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen; with cherubim the work of the skilful workman shall it be made. 32 And thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold, their hooks being of gold, upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the veil under the clasps, and shalt bring in thither within the veil the ark of the testimony; and the veil shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt put the ark-cover upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And thou shalt set the table without the veil, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south; and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make a screen for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the weaver in colours. 37 And thou shalt make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold; their hooks shall be of gold; and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
Rotherham(i) 13 And, the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side, of that which remaineth, in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall be hung over the sides of the habitation, on this side and on that side, to make a covering. 14 And thou shalt make a covering, for the tent, of rams’ skins dyed red,––and a covering of badger’s skins, above.
15 And thou shalt make boards, for the habitation,––of acacia wood, to stand up: 16 ten cubits, the length of the board,––and, a cubit and a half cubit, the breadth of each board; 17 two tenons, to each board, united one to another,––thus, shalt thou make, for all the boards of the habitation. 18 So then thou shalt make the boards for the habitation,––twenty boards, on the south side, southwards. 19 And, forty sockets of silver, shalt thou make, under the twenty boards,––two sockets, under the one board, for its two tenons, and two sockets, under the next board, for its two tenons. 20 And, on the second side of the habitation, towards the north, twenty boards; 21 and their forty sockets of silver,––two sockets, under the one board, and, two sockets, under the next board. 22 And, for the hinderpart of the habitation, westward, shalt thou make six boards. 23 And, two boards, shalt thou make, for the corners of the habitation,––in the hinderpart: 24 that they may be double beneath, and, at the same time, they shall be entire on the top thereof, into each ring,––thus, shall it be for them both, for the two corners, shall they be. 25 So shall they be eight boards, and, their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets,––two sockets, under the one board, and, two sockets, under the next board. 26 And thou shalt make bars, of acacia wood,––five, for the boards of the one side of the habitation, 27 and, five bars, for the boards of the other side of the habitation, and, five bars, for the boards of the side of the habitation, at the hinderpart, westward; 28 with the middle bar, in the midst of the boards,––running along from end to end. 29 And, the boards, shalt thou overlay with gold, and, their rings, shalt thou make of gold, as receptacles for the bars,––and thou shalt overlay the bars, with gold. 30 So shalt thou rear up the habitation, according to the fashion thereof, which thou wast caused to see, in the mount.
31 And thou shalt make a veil, of blue, and purple, and crimson, and fine–twined linen,––of the work of a skilful weaver, shall it be made, with cherubim; 32 and thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of acacia, overlaid with gold, with their hooks of gold,––upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the veil under the clasps,––and shalt bring in thither, within the veil, the ark of the testimony; and the veil shall make a division for you, between the holy [place] and the most holy. 34 And thou shalt place the propitiatory, upon the ark of the testimony,––in the most holy [place]. 35 And thou shalt set the table outside the veil, and the lampstand, over against the table, on the side of the habitation, southward,––and, the table, shalt thou place on the north side. 36 And thou shalt make a screen, for the opening of the tent, of blue, and purple, and crimson, and fine–twined linen,––the work of an embroiderer. 37 And thou shalt make, for the screen, five pillars of acacia, and shalt overlay them with gold, and their hooks [shall be] of gold,––and thou shalt cast for them, five sockets of bronze.
CLV(i) 13 The cubit hence and the cubit thence in the superfluity in the length of the sheets of the tent shall come to be extended over the sides of the tabernacle hence and thence to cover it. 14 Then you will make a cover for the tent of reddened rams' hides, and a cover of azure hides above. 15 You will make the hollow tapers for the tabernacle of standing acacia boards; 16 ten cubits shall be the length of one hollow taper, and a cubit and a half cubit the width of one hollow taper. 17 Two sloping side boards shall there be to one hollow taper, being projected each to its fellow: thus shall you do for all the hollow tapers of the tabernacle. 18 You will make the hollow tapers for the tabernacle, twenty hollow tapers for the edge toward the Negev, southward;" 19 and forty sockets of silver shall you make under the twenty hollow tapers, two sockets under one hollow taper for its two sloping side boards, and two sockets under another hollow taper for its two sloping side boards. 20 Also for the second angle wall of the tabernacle for the north edge you shall make twenty hollow tapers, 21 with their forty sockets of silver, two sockets under one hollow taper, and two sockets under another hollow taper. 22 Yet for the flanks of the tabernacle seaward shall you make six hollow tapers; 23 And two hollow tapers shall you make for the cutout corners of the tabernacle, in the flanks. 24 Then couplings shall come to be below, and they shall come to be coupled together on its top by one ring. Thus shall it come to be for the two of them, for the two cutout corners shall they come to be. 25 There will come to be eight hollow tapers and their silver sockets, sixteen sockets, two sockets under one hollow taper, and two sockets under another hollow taper. 26 You will make bars of acacia wood, five for the hollow tapers of one angle wall of the tabernacle, 27 five bars for the hollow tapers of the second angle wall of the tabernacle, and five bars for the hollow tapers of the angle wall for the flanks of the tabernacle seaward;" 28 and the middle bar in the midst of the hollow tapers reaching from end to end. 29 The hollow tapers shall you overlay with gold; and their rings shall you make of gold, as housings for the bars, and you will overlay the bars with gold. 30 Then you will set up the tabernacle according to its custom which you are shown on the mount. 31 You will make a curtain of blue, purple, double-dipped crimson and corded cambric; in the handiwork of a designer shall you make it with cherubim. 32 You will put it on four columns of acacia overlaid with gold, with their hooks of gold, on four sockets of silver;" 33 and you will put the curtain under the links. Then you will bring there, inside the curtain, the coffer of the testimony. The curtain will separate for you between the holy place and the holy of holies;" 34 and you will put the propitiatory shelter on the coffer of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 Yet you will place the table outside the curtain, and the lampstand opposite the table at the angle wall of the tabernacle southward; the table you shall put at the north angle wall. 36 You will make a portiere for the portal of the tent of blue, purple, double-dipped crimson and corded cambric, a handiwork of embroidery. 37 You will make for the portiere five columns of acacia, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks with gold; and you will cast for them five sockets of copper.
BBE(i) 13 And the cubit which is over of the ten curtains at the sides will be hanging over the two sides of the House as a cover. 14 And then you are to make a cover for the tent, of sheepskins coloured red, and a cover of leather over that. 15 And you are to make upright boards of hard wood for the House. 16 Every board is to be ten cubits high and a cubit and a half wide. 17 Every board is to be joined to the one nearest to it by two tongues, and so for every board in the House. 18 These are the boards needed for the house; twenty boards for the south side, 19 With forty silver bases under the twenty boards, two bases under every board to take its tongues. 20 And twenty boards for the second side of the house on the north, 21 With their forty silver bases, two under every board. 22 And six boards for the back of the House on the west, 23 With two boards for the angles of the House at the back. 24 The two are to be joined together at the base and at the top to one ring, forming the two angles. 25 So there are to be eight boards, with their sixteen silver bases, two bases under every board. 26 And make rods of the same wood, five for the boards on the one side, 27 And five for the boards on the other side of the House, and five for the west side of the House at the back. 28 And the middle rod is to go through the rings of all the boards from end to end. 29 And the boards are to be plated with gold, having gold rings for the rods to go through: and the rods are to be plated with gold. 30 And you are to make the House from the design which you saw on the mountain. 31 And you are to make a veil of the best linen, blue and purple and red, worked with designs of winged ones by a good workman: 32 Hanging it by gold hooks from four pillars of wood, plated with gold and fixed in silver bases. 33 And you are to put up the veil under the hooks, and put inside it the ark of the law: the veil is to be a division between the holy place and the most holy. 34 You are to put the cover on the ark of the law, inside the most holy place. 35 And outside the veil you are to put the table, and the support for the lights opposite the table on the south side of the House; and the table is to be on the north side. 36 And you are to make a curtain for the doorway of the Tent, of the best linen with needlework of blue and purple and red. 37 And make five pillars for the curtain, of hard wood plated with gold; their hooks are to be of gold and their bases of brass
MKJV(i) 13 And the cubit from this side, and the cubit from that side that remains in the length of the curtains of the tent shall be hung over the sides of the tabernacle, from this and from that side, to cover it. 14 And you shall make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of dugong skins. 15 And you shall make boards for the tabernacle of acacia-wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of one board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 There shall be two pins in one board, each connected to its sister-piece. So you shall do for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And you shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards-- two sockets under one board for its two pins, and two sockets under another board for its two pins. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side shall be twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver, two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward you shall make six boards. 23 And you shall make two boards for the corners of the tabernacle in the sides. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it to one ring. So it shall be for them both. They shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets, two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And you shall make bars of acacia-wood, five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle; and five bars for the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And you shall overlay the boards with gold, and you shall make their rings of gold, housings for the bars. And you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you shall rear up the tabernacle according to the pattern of it which was shown you in the mountain. 31 And you shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined bleached linen of embroidered work. It shall be made with cherubs. 32 And you shall hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold. Their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver. 33 And you shall hang up the veil under the clasps, that you may bring the ark of the testimony in there within the veil. And the veil shall divide for you between the holy place and the Holy of Holies. 34 And you shall put the mercy-seat upon the ark of the testimony in the Holy of Holies. 35 And you shall set the table outside the veil, and the lampstand over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south. And you shall put the table on the north side. 36 And you shall make a screen for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined bleached linen, worked with needlework. 37 And you shall make five pillars of acacia-wood for the screen, and overlay them with gold; their hooks shall be of gold. And you shall cast five sockets of bronze for them.
LITV(i) 13 And the cubit from this side, and the cubit from that side that remains in the length of the curtains of the tent shall be hung over the sides of the tabernacle from this and from that side, to cover it. 14 And you shall make a cover for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering of dugong skins from above. 15 And you shall make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of one board; and a cubit and a half the width of one board. 17 Two pins shall be in one board, each connected to her sister. So you shall do to all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make the boards for the tabernacle; twenty boards on the south side, southward. 19 And you shall make forty sockets of silver for the twenty boards; two sockets under the one board for its two pins, and two sockets under the one board for its two pins . 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side twenty boards; 21 and their forty silver sockets; two sockets under the one board, and two sockets under the one board. 22 And you shall make six boards for the sides of the tabernacle westward. 23 And you shall make two boards for the corners of the tabernacle, in the sides. 24 And they shall be double from beneath. And in like manner they shall be complete on the top, to the one ring. So it shall be to both of them; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their silver sockets, sixteen sockets, two sockets under the one board, and two sockets under the one board. 26 And you shall make bars of acacia wood, five to the boards of the one side of the tabernacle; 27 and five bars to the boards of the second side of the tabernacle; and five bars to the boards of the side of the tabernacle for the rear, westward. 28 And there shall be a middle bar in the midst of the boards, going through from end to end. 29 And you shall overlay the boards with gold and you shall make their rings gold, housings for the bars. And you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you shall set up the tabernacle according to the decree which you were shown in the mountain. 31 And you shall make a veil of blue and purple and crimson, and twined linen . One shall make it by the work of the skilled workman, with cherubs. 32 And you shall put it on four pillars of acacia wood overlaid with gold, their hooks gold, on four sockets of silver. 33 And you shall hang the veil under the hooks. And you shall bring the ark of the testimony there inside to the veil. And the veil shall divide for you between the sanctuary and the Holy of Holies. 34 And you shall put the mercy seat on the ark of the testimony, in the Holy of Holies. 35 And you shall set the table outside the veil, and the lamp across from the table on the side of the tabernacle southward. And you shall put the table on the north side. 36 And you shall make a screen for the door of the tent of blue, and of purple and crimson, and twined bleached linen, the work of an embroiderer. 37 And you shall make five pillars of acacia wood for the screen. And you shall overlay them with gold, their nails gold. And you shall cast for them five sockets of bronze.
ECB(i) 13 and a cubit from this and a cubit from that which is leftover in the length of the curtains of the tent, spread it over the sides of the tabernacle from this and from that, to cover it. 14 And work a covering for the tent of reddened ram skins and a covering above of badger skins: 15 and work boards for the tabernacle of shittim timber standing up: 16 ten cubits the length of a board and a cubit and a half the width of one board 17 - two hands in one board, equidistant woman to sister: thus you work for all the boards of the tabernacle: 18 and work the boards for the tabernacle twenty boards on the south edge southward: 19 and work forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two hands and two sockets under one board for his two hands. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle: on the north edge, twenty boards; 21 and their forty sockets of silver: two sockets under one board and two sockets under one board. 22 And for the flanks of the tabernacle seaward: work six boards. 23 and work two boards for the corners of the tabernacle in the flanks: 24 and twin them downward and twin them above the head to one signet: so be it for the two of them; they become for the two corners: 25 and they become eight boards and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets: two sockets under one board and two sockets under one board. 26 And work bars of shittim timber: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle; 27 and five bars for the boards of the second side of the tabernacle; and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle for the flanks seaward: 28 and spread the middle bar midst the boards from end to end. 29 And overlay the boards with gold and work their signets of gold for places for the bars: and overlay the bars with gold. 30 And raise the tabernacle according to the judgment thereof which you saw in the mount. 31 And work a veil of blue and purple and scarlet and white twined linen - the work of a fabricator: make it with cherubim: 32 and give it on four pillars of shittim overlaid with gold: their hooks of gold on the four sockets of silver: 33 and give the veil under the hooks, to bring in the ark of the witness within the veil: and the veil separates to you between the holies and between the holy of holies. 34 And give the kapporeth on the ark of the witness in the holy of holies. 35 And set the table outside the veil and the menorah over against the table on the side of the tabernacle southward: and give the table on the north side. 36 And work a covering for the opening of the tent, of blue and purple and scarlet and white twined linen, wrought with embroidery work: 37 and for the covering work five pillars of shittim and overlay them with gold and their hooks of gold: and pour five sockets of copper for them.
ACV(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side, of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shall make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering of certain skins above. 15 And thou shall make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 17 There shall be two tenons in each board, joined one to another. Thus thou shall make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shall make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards for the south side southward. 19 And thou shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards: two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver: two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the hinder part of the tabernacle westward thou shall make six boards. 23 And thou shall make two boards for the corners of the tabernacle in the hinder part. 24 And they shall be double beneath, and in like manner they shall be entire to the top of it to one ring. Thus shall it be for them both, they shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets: two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shall make bars of acacia wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the hinder part westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall pass through from end to end. 29 And thou shall overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars. And thou shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And thou shall raise up the tabernacle according to the fashion of it which has been shown thee on the mount. 31 And thou shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen. With cherubim the work of the skilful workman shall it be made. 32 And thou shall hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold, their hooks shall be of gold, upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shall hang up the veil under the clasps, and shall bring in there within the veil the ark of the testimony. And the veil shall separate to you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And thou shall put the mercy-seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And thou shall set the table outside the veil, and the lampstand opposite the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south. And thou shall put the table on the north side. 36 And thou shall make a screen for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And thou shall make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold. Their hooks shall be of gold, and thou shall cast five sockets of brass for them.
WEB(i) 13 The cubit on the one side and the cubit on the other side, of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 You shall make a covering for the tent of rams’ skins dyed red, and a covering of sea cow hides above. 15 “You shall make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood, standing upright. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and one and a half cubits the width of each board. 17 There shall be two tenons in each board, joined to one another: thus you shall make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 You shall make twenty boards for the tabernacle, for the south side southward. 19 You shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 For the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 For the far side of the tabernacle westward you shall make six boards. 23 You shall make two boards for the corners of the tabernacle in the far side. 24 They shall be double beneath, and in the same way they shall be whole to its top to one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 There shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 “You shall make bars of acacia wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the far side westward. 28 The middle bar in the middle of the boards shall pass through from end to end. 29 You shall overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars. You shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 You shall set up the tabernacle according to the way that it was shown to you on the mountain. 31 “You shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, with cherubim. It shall be the work of a skillful workman. 32 You shall hang it on four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold; their hooks shall be of gold, on four sockets of silver. 33 You shall hang up the veil under the clasps, and shall bring the ark of the covenant in there within the veil. The veil shall separate the holy place from the most holy for you. 34 You shall put the mercy seat on the ark of the covenant in the most holy place. 35 You shall set the table outside the veil, and the lamp stand opposite the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south. You shall put the table on the north side. 36 “You shall make a screen for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer. 37 You shall make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold. Their hooks shall be of gold. You shall cast five sockets of bronze for them.
WEB_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 The cubit H2088 on the one side, H520 and the cubit H5736 on the other side, of that which remains H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent, H5628 shall hang H6654 over the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3680 on this side and on that side, to cover it.
  14 H6213 You shall make H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams' H5785 skins H119 dyed red, H4372 and a covering H8476 of sea cow H5785 hides H4605 above.
  15 H6213 "You shall make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of acacia H6086 wood, H5975 standing up.
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board, H2677 and one and a half H520 cubits H7341 the breadth H259 of each H7175 board.
  17 H8147 There shall be two H3027 tenons H259 in each H7175 board, H7947 joined to H259 one H269 another: H6213 thus you shall make H7175 for all the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 You shall make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle, H6242 twenty H7175 boards H5045 for the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 You shall make H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H6242 under the twenty H7175 boards; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board H8147 for its two H3027 tenons.
  20 H8145 For the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H6828 on the north H6763 side, H6242 twenty H7175 boards,
  21 H705 and their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 For the far part H4908 of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 you shall make H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H6213 You shall make H8147 two H7175 boards H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the far part.
  24 H8382 They shall be double H4295 beneath, H8382 and in the same way H3162 they H7218 shall be whole to its top H259 to one H2885 ring: H8147 thus shall it be for them both; H8147 they shall be for the two H4740 corners.
  25 H8083 There shall be eight H7175 boards, H134 and their sockets H3701 of silver, H8337 sixteen H134 sockets; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 "You shall make H1280 bars H7848 of acacia H6086 wood: H2568 five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle, H3411 for the far part H3220 westward.
  28 H8484 The middle H1280 bar H8484 in the midst H7175 of the boards H1272 shall pass H7097 through from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 You shall overlay H7175 the boards H2091 with gold, H6213 and make H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars: H6823 and you shall overlay H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 You shall set up H4908 the tabernacle H4941 according to the way H7200 that it was shown H2022 to you on the mountain.
  31 H6213 "You shall make H6532 a veil H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8144 and scarlet, H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen, H3742 with cherubim. H4639 The work H2803 of the skillful H6213 workman shall it be made.
  32 H5414 You shall hang H702 it on four H5982 pillars H7848 of acacia H6823 overlaid H2091 with gold; H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold, H702 on four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 You shall hang up H6532 the veil H7165 under the clasps, H935 and shall bring H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony H1004 in there within H6532 the veil: H6532 and the veil H914 shall separate H6944 the holy H6944 place from the most H6944 holy for you.
  34 H5414 You shall put H3727 the mercy seat H727 on the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place.
  35 H7760 You shall set H7979 the table H2351 outside H6532 the veil, H4501 and the lampstand H5227 over against H7979 the table H6763 on the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south: H5414 and you shall put H7979 the table H6828 on the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 "You shall make H4539 a screen H6607 for the door H168 of the Tent, H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8438 and scarlet, H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen, H4639 the work H7551 of the embroiderer.
  37 H6213 You shall make H4539 for the screen H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of acacia, H6823 and overlay H2091 them with gold: H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold: H3332 and you shall cast H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
NHEB(i) 13 Eighteen inches on the one side, and eighteen inches on the other side, of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 You shall make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering of sea cow hides above. 15 "You shall make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Seventeen feet three inches shall be the length of a board, and two feet three inches the breadth of each board. 17 There shall be two tenons in each board, joined to one another: thus you shall make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 You shall make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards for the south side southward. 19 You shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 For the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 For the far part of the tabernacle westward you shall make six boards. 23 You shall make two boards for the corners of the tabernacle in the far part. 24 They shall be double beneath, and in like manner they shall be entire to its top to one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 There shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 "You shall make bars of acacia wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the far part westward. 28 The middle bar in the midst of the boards shall pass through from end to end. 29 You shall overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 You shall set up the tabernacle according to the way that it was shown to you on the mountain. 31 "You shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, with cherubim. The work of the skillful workman shall it be made. 32 You shall hang it on four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold; their hooks shall be of gold, on four sockets of silver. 33 You shall hang up the veil under the clasps, and shall bring the ark of the testimony in there within the veil: and the veil shall separate the holy place from the most holy for you. 34 You shall put the mercy seat on the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 You shall set the table outside the veil, and the lampstand over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and you shall put the table on the north side. 36 "You shall make a screen for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer. 37 You shall make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold: their hooks shall be of gold: and you shall cast five sockets of bronze for them.
AKJV(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And you shall make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins. 15 And you shall make boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order one against another: thus shall you make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And you shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two tenons, and two sockets under another board for his two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards: 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward you shall make six boards. 23 And two boards shall you make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it to one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And you shall make bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the middle of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And you shall overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you shall raise up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was showed you in the mount. 31 And you shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubim shall it be made: 32 And you shall hang it on four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, on the four sockets of silver. 33 And you shall hang up the veil under the clasps, that you may bring in thither within the veil the ark of the testimony: and the veil shall divide to you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And you shall put the mercy seat on the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And you shall set the table without the veil, and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and you shall put the table on the north side. 36 And you shall make an hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, worked with needlework. 37 And you shall make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and you shall cast five sockets of brass for them.
AKJV_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 And a cubit H520 on the one side, and a cubit H2088 on the other H5736 side of that which remains H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent, H1961 it shall hang H5628 H5921 over H6654 the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H2088 on this H3680 side and on that side, to cover it.
  14 H6213 And you shall make H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams’ H5785 skins H119 dyed red, H4372 and a covering H4605 above H8476 of badgers’ H5785 skins.
  15 H6213 And you shall make H7175 boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of shittim H6086 wood H5975 standing up.
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board, H520 and a cubit H2677 and a half H7341 shall be the breadth H259 of one H7175 board.
  17 H8147 Two H3027 tenons H259 shall there be in one H7175 board, H7947 set H7947 in order H802 one H413 against H269 another: H3651 thus H6213 shall you make H3605 for all H7175 the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 And you shall make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle, H6242 twenty H7175 boards H5045 on the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 And you shall make H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H8478 under H6242 the twenty H7175 boards; H8147 two H134 sockets H8478 under H259 one H7175 board H8147 for his two H3027 tenons, H8147 and two H134 sockets H8478 under H259 another H7175 board H8147 for his two H3027 tenons.
  20 H8145 And for the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H6828 on the north H6285 side H6242 there shall be twenty H7175 boards:
  21 H705 And their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver; H8147 two H134 sockets H8478 under H259 one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H8478 under H259 another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 And for the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 you shall make H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H8147 And two H7175 boards H6213 shall you make H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the two sides.
  24 H8382 And they shall be coupled H4295 together beneath, H8535 and they shall be coupled H3162 together H5921 above H7218 the head H259 of it to one H2885 ring: H3651 thus H8147 shall it be for them both; H8147 they shall be for the two H4742 corners.
  25 H8083 And they shall be eight H7175 boards, H134 and their sockets H3701 of silver, H8337 sixteen H6240 H134 sockets; H8147 two H134 sockets H8478 under H259 one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H8478 under H259 another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 And you shall make H1280 bars H7848 of shittim H6086 wood; H2568 five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 And five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle, H3411 for the two sides H3220 westward.
  28 H8432 And the middle H1280 bar H8432 in the middle H7175 of the boards H1272 shall reach H7097 from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 And you shall overlay H7175 the boards H2091 with gold, H6213 and make H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars: H6823 and you shall overlay H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 And you shall raise H4908 up the tabernacle H4941 according to the fashion H834 thereof which H7200 was showed H2022 you in the mount.
  31 H6213 And you shall make H6532 a veil H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8144 and scarlet, H8438 H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen H2803 of cunning H4639 work: H3742 with cherubim H6213 shall it be made:
  32 H5414 And you shall hang H702 it on four H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 wood overlaid H2091 with gold: H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold, H702 on the four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 And you shall hang H6532 up the veil H8478 under H7165 the clasps, H935 that you may bring H8033 in thither H1004 within H6532 the veil H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony: H6532 and the veil H914 shall divide H996 to you between H6944 the holy H6944 place and the most H6944 holy.
  34 H5414 And you shall put H3727 the mercy H727 seat on the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place.
  35 H7760 And you shall set H7979 the table H2351 without H6532 the veil, H4501 and the candlestick H5227 over H5227 against H7979 the table H5921 on H6763 the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south: H5414 and you shall put H7979 the table H5921 on H6828 the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 And you shall make H4539 an hanging H6607 for the door H168 of the tent, H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8144 and scarlet, H8438 H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen, H4639 worked H4639 with needlework. H7551
  37 H6213 And you shall make H4539 for the hanging H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of shittim H6823 wood, and overlay H2091 them with gold, H2053 and their hooks H2091 shall be of gold: H3332 and you shall cast H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
KJ2000(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And you shall make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above that of badgers' skins. 15 And you shall make boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood standing upright. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order for binding together: thus shall you make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And you shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards: 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward you shall make six boards. 23 And two boards shall you make for the corners of the tabernacle in the rear. 24 And they shall be coupled together at the bottom, and they shall be coupled together at the top of it unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And you shall make bars of acacia wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle at the rear westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And you shall overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you shall raise up the tabernacle according to the pattern of it which was shown you on the mount. 31 And you shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of skillful work: with cherubim shall it be made: 32 And you shall hang it upon four pillars of acacia wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver. 33 And you shall hang up the veil from the clasps, that you may bring in there within the veil the ark of the testimony: and the veil shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And you shall put the mercy seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And you shall set the table outside the veil, and the lampstand opposite the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and you shall put the table on the north side. 36 And you shall make a hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, embroidered with needlework. 37 And you shall make for the hanging five pillars of acacia wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and you shall cast five sockets of bronze for them.
UKJV(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side, and a cubit on the other side of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And you shall make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red, and a covering above of badgers' skins. 15 And you shall make boards for the tabernacle of shittim wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two connections shall there be in one board, set in order one against another: thus shall you make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the south side southward. 19 And you shall make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards; two sockets under one board for his two connections, and two sockets under another board for his two connections. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the north side there shall be twenty boards: 21 And their forty sockets of silver; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward you shall make six boards. 23 And two boards shall you make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides. 24 And they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it unto one ring: thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 And they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 26 And you shall make bars of shittim wood; five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 And five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And you shall overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars: and you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you shall rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was showed you in the mount. 31 And you shall make a vail of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubims shall it be made: 32 And you shall hang it upon four pillars of shittim wood overlaid with gold: their hooks shall be of gold, upon the four sockets of silver. 33 And you shall hang up the vail under the clasps, that you may bring in thither within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail shall divide unto you between the holy place and the most holy. 34 And you shall put the mercy seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And you shall set the table without the vail, and the candlestick opposite to the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and you shall put the table on the north side. 36 And you shall make an hanging for the door of the tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, wrought with needlework. 37 And you shall make for the hanging five pillars of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold, and their hooks shall be of gold: and you shall cast five sockets of brass for them.
CKJV_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 And a cubit H2088 on the one side, H520 and a cubit H5736 on the other side of that which remains H753 in the length H3407 of the curtains H168 of the tent, H5628 it shall hang H6654 over the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3680 on this side and on that side, to cover it.
  14 H6213 And you shall make H4372 a covering H168 for the tent H352 of rams' H5785 skins H119 dyed red, H4372 and a covering H4605 above H8476 of badgers' H5785 skins.
  15 H6213 And you shall make H7175 boards H4908 for the tabernacle H7848 of acacia H6086 wood H5975 standing up.
  16 H6235 Ten H520 cubits H753 shall be the length H7175 of a board, H520 and a cubit H2677 and a half H7341 shall be the breadth H259 of one H7175 board.
  17 H8147 Two H3027 tenons H259 shall there be in one H7175 board, H7947 set in order H802 one H269 against another: H6213 thus shall you make H7175 for all the boards H4908 of the tabernacle.
  18 H6213 And you shall make H7175 the boards H4908 for the tabernacle, H6242 twenty H7175 boards H5045 on the south H6285 side H8486 southward.
  19 H6213 And you shall make H705 forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver H6242 under the twenty H7175 boards; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board H8147 for his two H3027 tenons, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board H8147 for his two H3027 tenons.
  20 H8145 And for the second H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle H6828 on the north H6285 side H6242 there shall be twenty H7175 boards:
  21 H705 And their forty H134 sockets H3701 of silver; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  22 H3411 And for the sides H4908 of the tabernacle H3220 westward H6213 you shall make H8337 six H7175 boards.
  23 H8147 And two H7175 boards H6213 shall you make H4742 for the corners H4908 of the tabernacle H3411 in the two sides.
  24 H8382 And they shall be coupled H4295 together beneath, H8382 and they shall be coupled H3162 together H7218 above the head H259 of it unto one H2885 ring: H8147 thus shall it be for them both; H8147 they shall be for the two H4740 corners.
  25 H8083 And they shall be eight H7175 boards, H134 and their sockets H3701 of silver, H8337 sixteen H134 sockets; H8147 two H134 sockets H259 under one H7175 board, H8147 and two H134 sockets H259 under another H7175 board.
  26 H6213 And you shall make H1280 bars H7848 of acacia H6086 wood; H2568 five H7175 for the boards H259 of the one H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle,
  27 H2568 And five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H8145 of the other H6763 side H4908 of the tabernacle, H2568 and five H1280 bars H7175 for the boards H6763 of the side H4908 of the tabernacle, H3411 for the two sides H3220 westward.
  28 H8484 And the middle H1280 bar H8432 in the middle H7175 of the boards H1272 shall reach H7097 from end H7097 to end.
  29 H6823 And you shall overlay H7175 the boards H2091 with gold, H6213 and make H2885 their rings H2091 of gold H1004 for places H1280 for the bars: H6823 and you shall overlay H1280 the bars H2091 with gold.
  30 H6965 And you shall set up H4908 the tabernacle H4941 according to the fashion H7200 there which was showed H2022 you in the mountain.
  31 H6213 And you shall make H6532 a veil H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8144 and scarlet, H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen H2803 of cunning H4639 work: H3742 with cherubims H6213 shall it be made:
  32 H5414 And you shall hang H702 it upon four H5982 pillars H7848 of acacia H6823 wood overlaid H2091 with gold: H2053 their hooks H2091 shall be of gold, H702 upon the four H134 sockets H3701 of silver.
  33 H5414 And you shall hang up H6532 the veil H7165 under the clasps, H935 that you may bring H1004 in there inside H6532 the veil H727 the ark H5715 of the testimony: H6532 and the veil H914 shall divide H6944 unto you between the holy H6944 place and the most H6944 holy.
  34 H5414 And you shall put H3727 the mercy seat H727 upon the ark H5715 of the testimony H6944 in the most H6944 holy place.
  35 H7760 And you shall set H7979 the table H2351 outside H6532 the veil, H4501 and the lampstand H5227 over against H7979 the table H6763 on the side H4908 of the tabernacle H8486 toward the south: H5414 and you shall put H7979 the table H6828 on the north H6763 side.
  36 H6213 And you shall make H4539 an hanging H6607 for the door H168 of the tent, H8504 of blue, H713 and purple, H8438 and scarlet, H7806 and fine twined H8336 linen, H4639 done H7551 with needlework.
  37 H6213 And you shall make H4539 for the hanging H2568 five H5982 pillars H7848 of acacia H6823 wood, and overlay H2091 them with gold, H2053 and their hooks H2091 shall be of gold: H3332 and you shall cast H2568 five H134 sockets H5178 of brass for them.
EJ2000(i) 13 And a cubit on the one side and a cubit on the other side of that which remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, it shall hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams’ skins dyed red and a covering above of badgers’ skins. 15 ¶ And thou shalt make boards for the tabernacle of cedar wood standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half shall be the breadth of one board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in one board, set in order one against another; thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And thou shalt make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards on the side of the Negev to the south. 19 And thou shalt make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards, two sockets under one board for its two tenons and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle on the side of the Aquilon, {of the north wind} there shall be twenty boards 21 and their forty sockets of silver: two sockets under one board and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the sides of the tabernacle westward, thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the corners of the tabernacle in the two sides, 24 and they shall be coupled together beneath, and they shall be coupled together above the head of it unto one ring; thus shall it be for them both; they shall be for the two corners. 25 Thus they shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets: two sockets under one board and two sockets under another board. 26 And thou shalt make five bars of cedar wood for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the two sides westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards shall reach from end to end. 29 And thou shalt cover the boards with gold and make their rings of gold for places for the bars, and thou shalt also cover the bars with gold. 30 And thou shalt raise up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was showed thee in the mount. 31 ¶ And thou shalt also make a veil of blue, purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen of cunning work; with cherubim shall it be made; 32 and thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of cedar covered with gold; their capitals shall be of gold upon four sockets of silver. 33 And thou shalt hang up the veil under the hooks, and thou shalt bring in there, inside the veil, the ark of the testimony; and that veil shall separate for you between the holy place and the holy of holies. 34 And thou shalt put the seat of reconciliation upon the ark of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 And thou shalt set the table outside the veil, the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the Negev (south desert), and thou shalt put the table on the side of the Aquilon (north wind). 36 And thou shalt make a hanging for the door of the tabernacle of blue, purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen wrought with needlework. 37 And thou shalt make for the hanging five pillars of cedar and cover them with gold, and their capitals shall be of gold, and thou shalt cast five sockets of brass for them.
CAB(i) 13 A cubit on this side, and a cubit on that side of that which remains of the skins, of the length of the skins of the tabernacle: it shall be folding over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and that side, that it may cover it. 14 And you shall make for a covering of the tabernacle rams' skins dyed red, and blue skins as coverings above. 15 And you shall make the posts of the tabernacle of incorruptible wood. 16 Of ten cubits shall you make one post, and the breadth of one post of a cubit and a half. 17 Two joints shall you make in one post, answering the one to the other: so shall you do to all the posts of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make posts to the tabernacle, twenty posts on the north side. 19 And you shall make to the twenty posts forty silver sockets; two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post on both its sides. 20 And for the next side, toward the south, twenty posts, 21 and their forty silver sockets: two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post on both its sides. 22 And on the back of the tabernacle at the part which is toward the west you shall make six posts. 23 And you shall make two posts on the corners of the tabernacle behind. 24 And it shall be equal below, they shall be equal toward the same part from the heads to one joining; so shall you make to both the two corners, let them be equal. 25 And there shall be eight posts, and their sixteen silver sockets; two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post. 26 And you shall make bars of incorruptible wood; five to one post on one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars to one post on the second side of the tabernacle, and five bars to the hinder posts, on the side of the tabernacle toward the sea. 28 And let the bar in the middle between the posts go through from the one side to the other side. 29 And you shall overlay the posts with gold; and you shall make golden rings, into which you shall introduce the bars, and you shall overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you shall set up the tabernacle according to the pattern shown to you on the mount. 31 And you shall make a veil of blue and purple and scarlet woven, and fine linen spun: you shall make it cherubim in woven work. 32 And you shall set it upon four posts of incorruptible wood overlaid with gold; and their tops shall be of gold, and their four sockets shall be of silver. 33 And you shall put the veil on the posts, and you shall carry the ark of the Testimony in there within the veil; and the veil shall make a separation for you between the holy place, and the Most Holy. 34 And you shall screen with the veil the ark of the testimony in the Most Holy. 35 And you shall set the table outside the veil, and the lampstand opposite the table on the south side of the tabernacle; and you shall put the table on the north side of the tabernacle. 36 And you shall make a screen for the door of the tabernacle of blue, purple, and spun scarlet and fine linen spun, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And you shall make for the veil five posts, and you shall overlay them with gold; and their hooks shall be gold; and you shall cast for them five bronze sockets.
LXX2012(i) 13 A cubit on this side, and a cubit on that side of that which remains of the skins, of the length of the skins of the tabernacle: it shall be folding over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and that side, that it may cover it. 14 And you shall make for a covering of the tabernacle rams' skins dyed red, and blue skins as coverings above. 15 And you shall make the posts of the tabernacle of incorruptible wood. 16 Of ten cubits shall you make one post, and the breadth of one post of a cubit and a half. 17 Two joints shall you make in one post, answering the one to the other: so shall you do to all the posts of the tabernacle. 18 And you shall make posts to the tabernacle, twenty posts on the north side. 19 And you shall make to the twenty posts forty silver sockets; two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post on both its sides. 20 And for the next side, toward the south, twenty posts, 21 and their forty silver sockets: two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post on both its sides. 22 And on the back of the tabernacle at the part which is toward the [west] you shall make six posts. 23 And you shall make two posts on the corners of the tabernacle behind. 24 And it shall be equal below, they shall be equal toward the same part from the heads to one joining; so shall you make to both the two corners, let them be equal. 25 And there shall be eight posts, and their sixteen silver sockets; two sockets to one post on both its sides, and two sockets to the other post. 26 And you shall make bars of incorruptible wood; five to one post on one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars to one post on the second side of the tabernacle, and five bars to the hinder posts, on the side of the tabernacle toward the sea. 28 And let the bar in the middle between the posts go through from the one side to the other side. 29 And you shall gild the posts with gold; and you shall make golden rings, into which you shall introduce the bars, and you shall gild the bars with gold. 30 And you shall set up the tabernacle according to the pattern showed you in the mount. 31 And you shall make a veil of blue and purple and scarlet woven, and fine linen spun: you shall make it cherubs [in] woven work. 32 And you shall set it upon four posts of incorruptible wood overlaid with gold; and their tops [shall be] gold, and their four sockets [shall be] of silver. 33 And you shall put the veil on the posts, and you shall carry in there within the veil the ark of the testimony; and the veil shall make a separation for you between the holy and the holy of holies. 34 And you shall screen with the veil the ark of the testimony in the holy of holies. 35 And you shall set the table outside the veil, and the candlestick opposite the table on the south side of the tabernacle; and you shall put the table on the north side of the tabernacle. 36 And you shall make a screen for the door of the tabernacle of blue, and purple, and spun scarlet and fine linen spun, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And you shall make for the veil five posts, and you shall gild them with gold; and their chapiters shall be gold; and you shall cast for them five brazen sockets.
NSB(i) 13 »Eighteen inches will be left over on each side because of the length of the outer tent’s curtains. That should hang over each side in order to cover the inner tent. 14 »Make a cover of rams’ skins that have been dyed red for the outer tent. Place a cover made of fine leather over that. 15 »A framework out of acacia wood should be built for the inner tent. 16 »Each frame is to be fifteen feet long and twenty-seven inches wide. 17 »It should have two identical pegs. Make all the frames for the inner tent the same way. 18 »Make twenty frames for the south side of the inner tent. 19 »Provide forty silver sockets at the bottom of the twenty frames, two sockets at the bottom of each frame for the two pegs. 20 »Prepare twenty frames for the north side of the inner tent. 21 »Also forty silver sockets, two at the bottom of each frame. 22 »Prepare six frames for the far end, the west side. 23 »There should be two frames for each of the corners at the far end of the inner tent. 24 »Fasten these together at the bottom and tightly at the top by a single ring. Both corner frames will be made this way. 25 »There will be eight frames with sixteen silver sockets, two at the bottom of each frame. 26 »Prepare crossbars out of acacia wood: five for the frames on one side of the inner tent. 27 »Also prepare five for those on the other side, and five for the frames on the far end of the inner tent, the west side. 28 »The middle crossbar will run from one end to the other. It should be halfway up the frames. 29 »Cover the frames with gold. Make gold rings to hold the crossbars. Cover the crossbars with gold. 30 »Erect the inner tent according to the plans you were shown on the mountain. 31 »Build a canopy of violet, purple, and bright red yarn. Creatively work an angel design of cherubim into fine linen yarn. 32 »Hang it on four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold. Their hooks should also be of gold, on four sockets of silver. 33 »Hang up the veil under the clasps. Bring in the Ark of the Covenant there within the veil. The veil shall serve for you as a partition between the holy place and the holy of holies. 34 »Place the mercy seat on the Ark of the Covenant in the holy of holies. 35 »Set the table outside the veil. Place the lamp stand opposite the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south. Place the table on the north side. 36 »Make a screen for the doorway of the tent of blue and purple and scarlet material and fine twisted linen, the work of a weaver. 37 »Make five pillars of acacia for the screen and overlay them with gold. Their hooks should also be of gold. Cast five sockets of bronze for them.
ISV(i) 13 The half cubit that remain on either end of the length of the curtains of the tent is to hang over each side of the tent to cover it.
14 “You are to make a cover for the tent of ram skins dyed red and a covering of dolphin skins above that.
15 “You are to make upright boards of acacia wood for the tent. 16 Each board is to be ten cubits long and one and a half cubits wide. 17 Each board is to have two pegs joined to one another, and you are to do this for all the boards of the tent. 18 You are to make the boards for the tent: 20 boards for the south side. 19 And you are to make 40 silver sockets under the 20 boards: two sockets under the one board for its two pegs and two sockets under the next board for its two pegs.
20 “For the second side of the tent to the north you are to make 20 boards 21 and 40 silver sockets for them, two sockets under one board and two sockets under the next board. 22 On the west you are to make six boards for the rear of the tent, 23 and you are to make two boards for the rear corners of the tent. 24 They shall be interlocked together at the bottom and connected on top by one ring. Do this for the two of them, and they are to be the two corners. 25 There is to be eight boards with their sixteen silver sockets, two sockets under one board and two sockets under the next board.
26 “You are to make bars of acacia wood, five for the boards on one side of the tent, 27 five bars for the boards on the second side of the tent, and five bars for the boards on the back side of the tent to the west. 28 The center bar in the middle of the boards is to pass through from end to end. 29 You are to overlay the boards with gold, and you are to make gold rings for them as holders for the bars, and you are to overlay the bars with gold. 30 You are to erect the tent according to the plan for it that was shown you on the mountain.
31 “You are to make a curtain of blue, purple, and scarlet material, and fine woven linen. You are to make it with cherubim skillfully worked into it. 32 You are to hang it on four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold, which have hooks of gold, and are set on four sockets of silver. 33 You are to hang the curtain from the clasps and bring the Ark of the Testimony there inside the curtain. The curtain is to separate for you the Holy Place from the Most Holy Place.
34 “You are to put the Mercy Seat on the Ark of the Testimony in the Most Holy Place. 35 You are to put the table outside the curtain. You are to put the table on the north side with the lamp stand opposite the table on the south side of the tent. 36 For the doorway of the tent you are to make a screen of blue, purple, and scarlet material, and with fine woven linen, the work of an embroiderer. 37 You are to make five pillars of acacia for the screens and overlay them with gold. Their hooks shall be of gold, and you are to cast five bronze sockets for them.”
LEB(i) 13 And a cubit ⌊from one side⌋* and a cubit ⌊from the other side⌋* in the surplus in the length of the curtains of the tent will be hung over the sides of the tabernacle ⌊equally⌋* to cover it. 14 "And you will make a covering for the tent of red-dyed ram skins and a covering of fine leather to go above. 15 "And you will make the frames* for the tabernacle of acacia wood as uprights.* 16 The length of the frame* will be ten cubits, and the width of the one frame* will be one and a half cubits. 17 You will make two ⌊pegs⌋* for the one frame* for joining ⌊each to another⌋* and likewise for all the frames* of the tabernacle. 18 And you will make the frames* for the tabernacle with twenty frames* for the ⌊south⌋* side. 19 And you will make forty silver bases under the twenty frames,* with two bases under the one frame* for its two ⌊pegs⌋* and two bases under the ⌊next⌋* frame* for its two ⌊pegs⌋.* 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle, the north side, there will be twenty frames* 21 and their forty silver bases, with two bases under the one frame* and two bases under the ⌊next⌋* frame.* 22 "And for the rear of the tabernacle ⌊on the west⌋* you will make six frames.* 23 And you will make two frames* for the tabernacle corners at the rear. 24 They will be double at the bottom, and they will be completely together on its top to the one ring; it will be likewise for the two of them; they will be for the two corners. 25 And there will be eight frames* and their silver bases, sixteen bases, with two bases under the one frame* and two bases under the ⌊next⌋* frame.* 26 "You will make five bars of acacia wood for the frames* on the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the frames* on the second side of the tabernacle, and five bars for the frames* on the side of the tabernacle at the rear ⌊on the west⌋.* 28 And the bar in the middle, in the midst of the frames* will run from end to end. 29 And you will overlay the frames* with gold, and you will make their rings of gold as ⌊holders⌋* for the bars, and you will overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you will erect the tabernacle according to its plan, which you have been shown on the mountain. 31 "And you will make a curtain of blue and purple and crimson yarns and finely twisted linen, the work of a skilled craftsman; he will make it with cherubim. 32 And you will put it on four acacia pillars overlaid with gold with their gold hooks on four silver bases. 33 And you will put the curtain under the clasps, and you will bring the ark of the testimony there inside the curtain, and the curtain will separate for you between the holy and the ⌊most holy place⌋.* 34 And you will put the atonement cover on the ark of the testimony in the ⌊most holy place⌋.* 35 And you will place the table outside the curtain and the lampstand opposite the table on the south side of the tabernacle, and you will put the table on the north side. 36 "And you will make for the entrance of the tent a screen of blue and purple and crimson yarns and finely twisted linen, the work of an embroiderer. 37 And you will make for the screen five acacia pillars, and you will overlay them with gold with their gold hooks, and you will cast for them five bronze bases.
BSB(i) 13 And the tent curtains will be a cubit longer on either side, and the excess will hang over the sides of the tabernacle to cover it. 14 Also make a covering for the tent out of ram skins dyed red, and over that a covering of fine leather. 15 You are to construct upright frames of acacia wood for the tabernacle. 16 Each frame is to be ten cubits long and a cubit and a half wide. 17 Two tenons must be connected to each other for each frame. Make all the frames of the tabernacle in this way. 18 Construct twenty frames for the south side of the tabernacle, 19 with forty silver bases under the twenty frames—two bases for each frame, one under each tenon. 20 For the second side of the tabernacle, the north side, make twenty frames 21 and forty silver bases—two bases under each frame. 22 Make six frames for the rear of the tabernacle, the west side, 23 and two frames for the two back corners of the tabernacle, 24 coupled together from bottom to top and fitted into a single ring. These will serve as the two corners. 25 So there are to be eight frames and sixteen silver bases—two under each frame. 26 You are also to make five crossbars of acacia wood for the frames on one side of the tabernacle, 27 five for those on the other side, and five for those on the rear side of the tabernacle, to the west. 28 The central crossbar in the middle of the frames shall extend from one end to the other. 29 Overlay the frames with gold and make gold rings to hold the crossbars. Also overlay the crossbars with gold. 30 So you are to set up the tabernacle according to the pattern shown you on the mountain. 31 Make a veil of blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and finely spun linen, with cherubim skillfully worked into it. 32 Hang it with gold hooks on four posts of acacia wood, overlaid with gold and standing on four silver bases. 33 And hang the veil from the clasps and place the ark of the Testimony behind the veil. So the veil will separate the Holy Place from the Most Holy Place. 34 Put the mercy seat on the ark of the Testimony in the Most Holy Place. 35 And place the table outside the veil on the north side of the tabernacle, and put the lampstand opposite the table, on the south side. 36 For the entrance to the tent, you are to make a curtain embroidered with blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and finely spun linen. 37 Make five posts of acacia wood for the curtain, overlay them with gold hooks, and cast five bronze bases for them.
MSB(i) 13 And the tent curtains will be a cubit longer on either side, and the excess will hang over the sides of the tabernacle to cover it. 14 Also make a covering for the tent out of ram skins dyed red, and over that a covering of fine leather. 15 You are to construct upright frames of acacia wood for the tabernacle. 16 Each frame is to be ten cubits long and a cubit and a half wide. 17 Two tenons must be connected to each other for each frame. Make all the frames of the tabernacle in this way. 18 Construct twenty frames for the south side of the tabernacle, 19 with forty silver bases under the twenty frames—two bases for each frame, one under each tenon. 20 For the second side of the tabernacle, the north side, make twenty frames 21 and forty silver bases—two bases under each frame. 22 Make six frames for the rear of the tabernacle, the west side, 23 and two frames for the two back corners of the tabernacle, 24 coupled together from bottom to top and fitted into a single ring. These will serve as the two corners. 25 So there are to be eight frames and sixteen silver bases—two under each frame. 26 You are also to make five crossbars of acacia wood for the frames on one side of the tabernacle, 27 five for those on the other side, and five for those on the rear side of the tabernacle, to the west. 28 The central crossbar in the middle of the frames shall extend from one end to the other. 29 Overlay the frames with gold and make gold rings to hold the crossbars. Also overlay the crossbars with gold. 30 So you are to set up the tabernacle according to the pattern shown you on the mountain. 31 Make a veil of blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and finely spun linen, with cherubim skillfully worked into it. 32 Hang it with gold hooks on four posts of acacia wood, overlaid with gold and standing on four silver bases. 33 And hang the veil from the clasps and place the ark of the Testimony behind the veil. So the veil will separate the Holy Place from the Most Holy Place. 34 Put the mercy seat on the ark of the Testimony in the Most Holy Place. 35 And place the table outside the veil on the north side of the tabernacle, and put the lampstand opposite the table, on the south side. 36 For the entrance to the tent, you are to make a curtain embroidered with blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and finely spun linen. 37 Make five posts of acacia wood for the curtain, overlay them with gold hooks, and cast five bronze bases for them.
MLV(i) 13 And the cubit on the one side and the cubit on the other side, of what remains in the length of the curtains of the tent, will hang over the sides of the tabernacle on this side and on that side, to cover it.
14 And you will make a covering for the tent of rams' skins dyed red and a covering of certain skins above.
15 And you will make the boards for the tabernacle of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits will be the length of a board and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 17 There will be two tenons in each board, joined one to another. Thus you will make for all the boards of the tabernacle. 18 And you will make the boards for the tabernacle, twenty boards for the south side southward.
19 And you will make forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards: two sockets under one board for its two tenons and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 20 And for the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards, 21 and their forty sockets of silver: two sockets under one board and two sockets under another board.
22 And for the hinder part of the tabernacle westward you will make six boards. 23 And you will make two boards for the corners of the tabernacle in the hinder part. 24 And they will be double beneath and in like manner they will be entire to the top of it to one ring. Thus it will be for them both, they will be for the two corners. 25 And there will be eight boards and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets: two sockets under one board and two sockets under another board.
26 And you will make bars of acacia wood: five for the boards of the one side of the tabernacle, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the tabernacle and five bars for the boards of the side of the tabernacle, for the hinder part westward. 28 And the middle bar in the midst of the boards will pass through from end to end.
29 And you will overlay the boards with gold and make their rings of gold for places for the bars. And you will overlay the bars with gold. 30 And you will raise up the tabernacle according to the fashion of it which has been shown you on the mountain.
31 And you will make a veil of blue and purple and scarlet and fine twined linen. With cherubim, it will be made the work of the skillful workman. 32 And you will hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with gold, their hooks will be of gold, upon four sockets of silver. 33 And you will hang up the veil under the clasps and will bring in there within the veil the ark of the testimony. And the veil will separate to you* between the holy place and the most holy.
34 And you will put the mercy-seat upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 And you will set the table outside the veil and the lamp-stand opposite the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south. And you will put the table on the north side.
36 And you will make a screen for the door of the tent, of blue and purple and scarlet and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer. 37 And you will make for the screen five pillars of acacia and overlay them with gold. Their hooks will be of gold and you will cast five sockets of brass for them.

VIN(i) 13 The nine inches that remain on either end of the length of the curtains of the tent shall hang over each side of the tabernacle to cover it. 14 And thou shalt make a covering for the tent of rams skins dyed red, and a covering of sealskins above. 15 "You shall make upright boards of acacia wood for the tabernacle. 16 Every board is to be ten cubits high and a cubit and a half wide. 17 »It should have two identical pegs. Make all the frames for the inner tent the same way. 18 "Make twenty frames for the south side of the inner tent. 19 And forty silver bases thou shalt make under the twenty boards: two bases for the one board for its two hands. 20 For the second side of the tabernacle, on the north side, twenty boards, 21 With their forty silver bases, two under every board. 22 "Prepare six frames for the far end, the west side. 23 And you will make two frames for the tabernacle corners at the rear. 24 The two are to be joined together at the base and at the top to one ring, forming the two angles. 25 »There will be eight frames with sixteen silver sockets, two at the bottom of each frame. 26 "You shall make bars of acacia wood, five for the boards on one side of the tabernacle, 27 "Also prepare five for those on the other side, and five for the frames on the far end of the inner tent, the west side. 28 "The middle crossbar will run from one end to the other. It should be halfway up the frames. 29 "Cover the frames with gold. Make gold rings to hold the crossbars. Cover the crossbars with gold. 30 And you shall set up the tabernacle according to the pattern shown to you on the mount. 31 “You shall make a veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, with cherubim. It shall be the work of a skillful workman. 32 Hanging it by gold hooks from four pillars of wood, plated with gold and fixed in silver bases. 33 You shall hang the curtain from the clasps and bring the Ark of the Testimony there inside the curtain. The curtain shall separate for you the Holy Place from the Most Holy Place. 34 And you will put the atonement cover on the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 35 You shall put the table outside the curtain. You shall put the table on the north side with the lamp stand opposite the table on the south side of the tabernacle. 36 For the doorway of the tent you shall make a screen of blue, purple, and scarlet material, and fine woven linen, the work of an embroiderer. 37 And make five pillars for the curtain, of hard wood plated with gold; their hooks are to be of gold and their bases of brass
Luther1545(i) 13 auf beiden Seiten eine Elle lang, daß das übrige sei an der Hütte Seiten und auf beiden Seiten sie bedecke. 14 Über diese Decke sollst du eine Decke machen von rötlichen Widderfellen, dazu über sie eine Decke von Dachsfellen. 15 Du sollst auch Bretter machen zu der Wohnung von Föhrenholz, die stehen sollen. 16 Zehn Ellen lang soll ein Brett sein und anderthalb Ellen breit. 17 Zween Zapfen soll ein Brett haben, daß eins an das andere möge gesetzt werden. Also sollst du alle Bretter der Wohnung machen. 18 Zwanzig sollen ihrer stehen gegen dem Mittag. 19 Die sollen vierzig silberne Füße unten haben, je zween Füße unter jeglichem Brett an seinen zween Zapfen. 20 Also auf der andern Seite, gegen Mitternacht, sollen auch zwanzig Bretter stehen 21 und vierzig silberne Füße, je zween Füße unter jeglichem Brett. 22 Aber hinten an der Wohnung, gegen dem Abend, sollst du sechs Bretter machen. 23 Dazu zwei Bretter hinten an die zwo Ecken der Wohnung, 24 daß ein jegliches der beiden sich mit seinem Ortbrett von unten auf geselle und oben am Haupt gleich zusammenkomme mit einer Klammer, 25 daß acht Bretter seien mit ihren silbernen Füßen; deren sollen sechzehn sein, je zween unter einem Brett. 26 Und, sollst Riegel machen von Föhrenholz, fünf zu den Brettern auf einer Seite der Wohnung 27 und fünf zu den Brettern auf der andern Seite der Wohnung und fünf zu den Brettern hinten an der Wohnung gegen dem Abend. 28 Und sollst die Riegel mitten an den Brettern durchhinstoßen und alles zusammenfassen von einem Ort zu dem andern. 29 Und sollst die Bretter mit Golde überziehen und ihre Rinken von Golde machen, daß man die Riegel drein tue. 30 Und die Riegel sollst du mit Gold überziehen. Und also sollst du denn die Wohnung aufrichten nach der Weise, wie du gesehen hast auf dem Berge. 31 Und sollst einen Vorhang machen von gelber Seide, Scharlaken und Rosinrot und gezwirnter weißer Seide; und sollst Cherubim dran machen künstlich. 32 Und sollst ihn hängen an vier Säulen von Föhrenholz, die mit Gold überzogen sind und güldene Knäufe und vier silberne Füße haben. 33 Und sollst den Vorhang mit Heften anheften und die Lade des Zeugnisses inwendig des Vorhangs setzen, daß er euch ein Unterschied sei zwischen dem Heiligen und dem Allerheiligsten. 34 Und sollst den Gnadenstuhl tun auf die Lade des Zeugnisses in dem Allerheiligsten. 35 Den Tisch aber setze außer dem Vorhange und den Leuchter gegen dem Tisch über, zu mittagwärts der Wohnung, daß der Tisch stehe gegen Mitternacht. 36 Und sollst ein Tuch machen in die Tür der Hütte, gewirkt von gelber Seide, Rosinrot, Scharlaken und gezwirnter weißer Seide. 37 Und sollst demselben Tuch fünf Säulen machen von Föhrenholz, mit Gold überzogen, mit güldenen Knäufen, und sollst ihnen fünf eherne Füße gießen.
Luther1545_Strongs(i)
  13 H6654 auf beiden Seiten H520 eine Elle H753 lang H2088 , daß das H168 übrige sei an der Hütte H5628 Seiten und H4908 auf beiden Seiten sie H3680 bedecke .
  14 H4605 Über H4372 diese Decke H168 sollst du eine Decke H6213 machen H119 von rötlichen H352 Widderfellen H4372 , dazu über sie eine Decke H8476 von Dachsfellen .
  15 H7175 Du sollst auch Bretter H6213 machen H4908 zu der Wohnung H5975 von Föhrenholz, die stehen sollen.
  16 H6235 Zehn H520 Ellen H753 lang H259 soll ein H7175 Brett H2677 sein und anderthalb H520 Ellen H7341 breit .
  17 H259 Zween Zapfen soll ein H7175 Brett H802 haben, daß eins H3027 an H269 das andere H7947 möge gesetzt werden H7175 . Also sollst du alle Bretter H4908 der Wohnung H6213 machen .
  18 H6242 Zwanzig H7175 sollen ihrer H6285 stehen gegen H5045 dem Mittag .
  19 H7175 Die H705 sollen vierzig H3701 silberne H134 Füße H259 unten haben, je H134 zween Füße H259 unter jeglichem H7175 Brett H3027 an H3027 seinen zween Zapfen .
  20 H8145 Also auf der andern H6763 Seite H6285 , gegen H6828 Mitternacht H6242 , sollen auch zwanzig H7175 Bretter stehen
  21 H705 und vierzig H3701 silberne H134 Füße H259 , je H134 zween Füße H259 unter jeglichem H7175 Brett .
  22 H3411 Aber hinten H4908 an der Wohnung H3220 , gegen dem Abend H8337 , sollst du sechs H7175 Bretter H6213 machen .
  23 H8147 Dazu zwei H7175 Bretter H3411 hinten H4742 an die zwo Ecken H4908 der Wohnung,
  24 H259 daß ein H8147 jegliches H4295 der beiden sich mit seinem Ortbrett von unten H8382 auf geselle H7218 und oben am Haupt H3162 gleich zusammenkomme H2885 mit einer Klammer,
  25 H8083 daß acht H7175 Bretter H3701 seien mit ihren silbernen H134 Füßen H259 ; deren sollen sechzehn sein, je H259 zween unter einem H7175 Brett .
  26 H6086 Und H1280 , sollst Riegel H6213 machen H2568 von Föhrenholz, fünf H7175 zu den Brettern H259 auf einer H6763 Seite H4908 der Wohnung
  27 H2568 und fünf H7175 zu den Brettern H8145 auf der andern H6763 Seite H4908 der Wohnung H2568 und fünf H7175 zu den Brettern H3411 hinten H4908 an der Wohnung H3220 gegen dem Abend .
  28 H7175 Und sollst die H1280 Riegel H8432 mitten H7097 an den Brettern durchhinstoßen und alles zusammenfassen von H7097 einem Ort zu dem andern.
  29 H7175 Und sollst die Bretter H2091 mit Golde H6823 überziehen H2091 und ihre Rinken von Golde H6213 machen H1280 , daß man die Riegel H1004 drein tue .
  30 H4908 Und die Riegel sollst du mit Gold überziehen. Und also sollst du denn die Wohnung H6965 aufrichten H4941 nach der Weise H7200 , wie du gesehen H2022 hast auf dem Berge .
  31 H4639 Und H6532 sollst einen Vorhang H6213 machen H7806 von gelber Seide, Scharlaken und Rosinrot und gezwirnter H3742 weißer Seide; und sollst Cherubim H6213 dran machen H2803 künstlich .
  32 H5414 Und sollst ihn hängen H702 an vier H5982 Säulen H2091 von Föhrenholz, die mit Gold H6823 überzogen H702 sind und güldene Knäufe und vier H3701 silberne H134 Füße haben.
  33 H6532 Und sollst den Vorhang H5414 mit Heften H727 anheften und die Lade H5715 des Zeugnisses H1004 inwendig H6532 des Vorhangs H935 setzen H914 , daß er euch ein Unterschied sei H6944 zwischen dem Heiligen H6944 und dem Allerheiligsten .
  34 H3727 Und sollst den Gnadenstuhl H5414 tun H727 auf die Lade H5715 des Zeugnisses H6944 in dem Allerheiligsten .
  35 H7979 Den Tisch H7760 aber setze H4501 außer dem Vorhange und den Leuchter H5227 gegen H7979 dem Tisch H4908 über, zu mittagwärts der Wohnung H7979 , daß der Tisch H5414 stehe H6828 gegen Mitternacht .
  36 H4639 Und H4539 sollst ein Tuch H6213 machen H6607 in die Tür H168 der Hütte H7551 , gewirkt H7806 von gelber Seide, Rosinrot, Scharlaken und gezwirnter weißer Seide.
  37 H4539 Und sollst demselben Tuch H2568 fünf H5982 Säulen H6213 machen H2091 von Föhrenholz, mit Gold H6823 überzogen H2568 , mit güldenen Knäufen, und sollst ihnen fünf H5178 eherne H134 Füße H3332 gießen .
Luther1912(i) 13 und auf beiden Seiten je eine Elle, daß das Überlange sei an der Hütte Seiten und auf beiden Seiten sie bedecke. 14 Über diese Decke sollst du eine Decke machen von rötlichen Widderfellen, dazu über sie eine Decke von Dachsfellen. 15 Du sollst auch Bretter machen zu der Wohnung von Akazienholz, die stehen sollen. 16 Zehn Ellen lang soll ein Brett sein und anderthalb Ellen breit. 17 Zwei Zapfen soll ein Brett haben, daß eins an das andere könne gesetzt werden. Also sollst du alle Bretter der Wohnung machen. 18 Ihrer zwanzig sollen stehen gegen Mittag. 19 Die sollen vierzig silberne Füße unten haben, je zwei Füße unter einem jeglichen Brett an seinen zwei Zapfen. 20 Also auf der andern Seite gegen Mitternacht sollen auch zwanzig Bretter stehen 21 und vierzig silberne Füße, je zwei Füße unter jeglichem Brett. 22 Aber hinten an der Wohnung gegen Abend sollst du sechs Bretter machen; 23 dazu zwei Bretter hinten an die zwei Ecken der Wohnung, 24 daß ein jegliches der beiden sich mit seinem Eckbrett von untenauf geselle und oben am Haupt gleich zusammenkomme mit einer Klammer; 25 daß es acht Bretter seien mit ihren silbernen Füßen, deren sollen sechzehn sein, je zwei unter einem Brett. 26 Und sollst Riegel machen von Akazienholz, fünf zu den Brettern auf einer Seite der Wohnung 27 und fünf zu den Brettern auf der andern Seite der Wohnung und fünf zu den Brettern hinten an der Wohnung gegen Abend. 28 Und sollst den mittleren Riegel mitten an den Brettern hindurchstoßen und alles zusammenfassen von einem Ende zu dem andern. 29 Und sollst die Bretter mit Gold überziehen und ihre Ringe von Gold machen, daß man die Riegel darein tue. 30 Und die Riegel sollst du mit Gold überziehen. Und also sollst du denn die Wohnung aufrichten nach der Weise, wie du gesehen hast auf dem Berge. 31 Du sollst einen Vorhang machen von blauem und rotem Purpur, Scharlach und gezwirnter weißer Leinwand; und sollst Cherubim daran machen von kunstreicher Arbeit. 32 Und sollst ihn hängen an vier Säulen von Akazienholz, die mit Gold überzogen sind und goldene Haken und vier silberne Füße haben. 33 Und sollst den Vorhang hängen unter die Haken, und die Lade des Zeugnisses innen hinter den Vorhang setzen, daß er euch eine Scheidewand sei zwischen dem Heiligen und dem Allerheiligsten. 34 Und sollst den Gnadenstuhl tun auf die Lade des Zeugnisses in dem Allerheiligsten. 35 Den Tisch aber setze außen vor den Vorhang und den Leuchter dem Tisch gegenüber, mittagswärts in der Wohnung, daß der Tisch stehe gegen Mitternacht. 36 Und sollst ein Tuch machen in die Tür der Hütte, gewirkt von blauem und rotem Purpur, Scharlach und gezwirnter weißer Leinwand. 37 Und sollst dem Tuch fünf Säulen machen von Akazienholz, mit Gold überzogen, mit goldene Haken, und sollst ihnen fünf eherne Füße gießen.
Luther1912_Strongs(i)
  13 H2088 und auf beiden Seiten H520 je eine Elle H753 H5628 H3407 , daß das Überlange H168 H4908 sei an der Hütte H6654 Seiten und auf beiden Seiten H3680 sie bedecke .
  14 H168 Über diese Decke H6213 sollst H4372 du eine Decke H6213 machen H119 von rötlichen H352 H5785 Widderfellen H4605 , dazu über H4372 sie eine Decke H8476 H5785 von Dachsfellen .
  15 H6213 Du H7175 sollst auch Bretter H6213 machen H4908 zu der Wohnung H7848 H6086 von Akazienholz H5975 , die stehen sollen.
  16 H6235 Zehn H520 Ellen H753 lang H259 soll ein H7175 Brett H2677 sein und anderthalb H520 Ellen H7341 breit .
  17 H8147 Zwei H3027 Zapfen H259 soll ein H7175 Brett H802 haben, daß eins H269 an das andere H7947 könne gesetzt H6213 werden. Also sollst H7175 du alle Bretter H4908 der Wohnung H6213 machen .
  18 H6242 H7175 Ihrer H6285 H5045 H8486 sollen stehen gegen Mittag .
  19 H6213 Die H705 sollen H3701 silberne H134 Füße H6213 unten haben H8147 , je zwei H134 Füße H259 unter jeglichen H7175 H6242 Brett H8147 an seinen zwei H3027 Zapfen .
  20 H8145 Also auf der andern H6763 H4908 Seite H6828 H6285 gegen Mitternacht H6242 sollen auch H7175 Bretter stehen
  21 H705 und H3701 silberne H134 Füße H8147 , je zwei H134 Füße H259 unter jeglichem H7175 Brett .
  22 H3411 Aber hinten H4908 an der Wohnung H3220 gegen Abend H6213 sollst H8337 du sechs H7175 Bretter H6213 machen;
  23 H8147 dazu zwei H7175 Bretter H6213 hinten H4742 an die zwei Ecken H4908 der Wohnung,
  24 H8147 daß ein jegliches der beiden H4740 sich mit seinem Eckbrett H4295 von untenauf H8382 geselle H7218 und oben am Haupt H3162 H8382 gleich zusammenkomme H259 mit einer H2885 Klammer;
  25 H8083 daß es acht H7175 Bretter H3701 seien mit ihren silbernen H134 Füßen H8337 H6240 ; deren sollen H8147 sein, je zwei H259 unter H259 einem H7175 Brett .
  26 H6213 Und H1280 sollst Riegel H6213 machen H7848 H6086 von Akazienholz H2568 , fünf H7175 zu den Brettern H259 auf einer H6763 Seite H4908 der Wohnung
  27 H2568 und fünf H1280 zu H7175 den Brettern H8145 auf der andern H6763 Seite H4908 der Wohnung H2568 H1280 und fünf H7175 zu den Brettern H6763 hinten H4908 an der Wohnung H3220 gegen Abend .
  28 H8484 Und sollst den mittleren H1280 Riegel H8432 mitten H7175 an den Brettern H1272 hindurchstoßen H7097 und alles zusammenfassen von einem Ende H7097 zu dem andern .
  29 H7175 Und sollst die Bretter H2091 mit Gold H6823 überziehen H2885 und ihre Ringe H2091 von Gold H6213 machen H1280 , daß man die Riegel H1004 darein tue.
  30 H6965 Und die Riegel sollst du mit Gold überziehen. Und H4908 also sollst du denn die Wohnung H6965 aufrichten H4941 nach der Weise H7200 , wie du gesehen H2022 hast auf dem Berge .
  31 H6213 Du H6532 sollst einen Vorhang H6213 machen H8504 von blauem H713 und rotem H8144 H8438 Purpur, Scharlach H7806 und gezwirnter H8336 weißer Leinwand H3742 ; und sollst Cherubim H6213 daran machen H2803 von kunstreicher H4639 Arbeit .
  32 H5414 Und sollst ihn hängen H702 an vier H5982 Säulen H7848 von Akazienholz H2091 , die mit Gold H6823 überzogen H2091 sind und goldene H2053 Haken H702 und vier H3701 silberne H134 Füße haben.
  33 H5414 Und H6532 sollst den Vorhang H5414 hängen H7165 unter die Haken H727 , und die Lade H5715 des Zeugnisses H1004 innen H6532 hinter den Vorhang H935 setzen H6532 , daß er H914 euch eine Scheidewand H6944 sei zwischen dem Heiligen H6944 H6944 und dem Allerheiligsten .
  34 H5414 Und H3727 sollst den Gnadenstuhl H5414 tun H727 auf die Lade H5715 des Zeugnisses H6944 H6944 in dem Allerheiligsten .
  35 H7979 Den Tisch H7760 aber setze H2351 außen H6532 vor den Vorhang H4501 und den Leuchter H7979 dem Tisch H5227 gegenüber H8486 H6763 , mittagwärts H4908 in der Wohnung H7979 , daß der Tisch H5414 stehe H6828 H6763 gegen Mitternacht .
  36 H6213 Und H4539 sollst ein Tuch H6213 machen H6607 in die Tür H168 der Hütte H4639 H7551 , gewirkt H8504 von blauem H713 und rotem H8438 H8144 Purpur, Scharlach H7806 und gezwirnter H8336 weißer Leinwand .
  37 H6213 Und H4539 sollst dem Tuch H2568 fünf H5982 Säulen H6213 machen H7848 von Akazienholz H2091 , mit Gold H6823 überzogen H2091 , mit goldenen H2053 Haken H3332 , und sollst H2568 ihnen fünf H5178 eherne H134 Füße H3332 gießen .
ELB1871(i) 13 Und die Elle diesseits und die Elle jenseits, von dem, was übrig ist an der Länge der Teppiche des Zeltes, soll über die Seiten der Wohnung hangen, diesseits und jenseits, sie zu bedecken. 14 Und mache für das Zelt eine Decke von rotgefärbten Widderfellen und eine Decke von Dachsfellen oben darüber. 15 Und die Bretter zu der Wohnung sollst du von Akazienholz machen, aufrechtstehend; 16 zehn Ellen die Länge eines Brettes, und eine und eine halbe Elle die Breite eines Brettes; 17 zwei Zapfen an einem Brette, einer dem anderen gegenüber eingefügt: also sollst du es machen zu allen Brettern der Wohnung. 18 Und mache die Bretter zu der Wohnung: zwanzig Bretter an der Seite gegen Mittag, südwärts; 19 und vierzig Füße von Silber sollst du unter die zwanzig Bretter machen: zwei Füße unter ein Brett für seine zwei Zapfen, und wieder zwei Füße unter ein Brett für seine zwei Zapfen; 20 und an der anderen Seite der Wohnung, an der Nordseite, zwanzig Bretter, 21 und ihre vierzig Füße von Silber: zwei Füße unter ein Brett, und wieder zwei Füße unter ein Brett; 22 und an der Hinterseite der Wohnung gegen Westen sollst du sechs Bretter machen; 23 und zwei Bretter sollst du für die Winkel der Wohnung an der Hinterseite machen; 24 und sie sollen zweifach sein von unten auf, und sollen an ihrem Oberteil völlig aneinander sein in einem Ringe; also soll es mit ihnen beiden sein, an den beiden Winkeln sollen sie sein. 25 Und so sollen es acht Bretter sein, und ihre Füße von Silber, sechzehn Füße: zwei Füße unter einem Brette, und wieder zwei Füße unter einem Brette. 26 Und du sollst Riegel von Akazienholz machen: fünf zu den Brettern der einen Seite der Wohnung, 27 und fünf Riegel zu den Brettern der anderen Seite der Wohnung, und fünf Riegel zu den Brettern der Seite der Wohnung an der Hinterseite gegen Westen; 28 und den mittleren Riegel in der Mitte der Bretter durchlaufend von einem Ende zum anderen. 29 Und die Bretter sollst du mit Gold überziehen; und ihre Ringe, die Behälter für die Riegel, sollst du von Gold machen und die Riegel mit Gold überziehen. 30 Und so richte die Wohnung auf, nach ihrer Vorschrift, wie sie dir auf dem Berge gezeigt worden ist. 31 Und du sollst einen Vorhang machen von blauem und rotem Purpur und Karmesin und gezwirntem Byssus; in Kunstweberarbeit soll man ihn machen, mit Cherubim. 32 Und hänge ihn auf an vier Säulen von Akazienholz, überzogen mit Gold, ihre Haken von Gold, auf vier Füßen von Silber; 33 und hänge den Vorhang auf unter die Klammern; und bringe dorthin, innerhalb des Vorhanges, die Lade des Zeugnisses. Und der Vorhang soll euch eine Scheidung machen zwischen dem Heiligen und dem Allerheiligsten. 34 Und lege den Deckel auf die Lade des Zeugnisses im Allerheiligsten. 35 Und stelle den Tisch außerhalb des Vorhangs und den Leuchter dem Tische gegenüber an die Seite der Wohnung gegen Süden; und den Tisch sollst du an die Nordseite setzen. 36 Und mache für den Eingang des Zeltes einen Vorhang von blauem und rotem Purpur und Karmesin und gezwirntem Byssus, in Buntwirkerarbeit. 37 Und mache zu dem Vorhang fünf Säulen von Akazienholz und überziehe sie mit Gold, ihre Haken von Gold, und gieße für sie fünf Füße von Erz.
ELB1905(i) 13 Und die Elle diesseits und die Elle jenseits, von dem, was übrig ist an der Länge der Teppiche des Zeltes, soll über die Seiten der Wohnung hangen, diesseits und jenseits, sie zu bedecken. 14 Und mache für das Zelt eine Decke von rotgefärbten Widderfellen und eine Decke von Dachsfellen oben darüber. 15 Und die Bretter zu der Wohnung sollst du von Akazienholz machen, aufrechtstehend; 16 zehn Ellen die Länge eines Brettes, und eine und eine halbe Elle die Breite eines Brettes; 17 zwei Zapfen an einem Brette, einer dem anderen gegenüber eingefügt: also sollst du es machen an allen Brettern der Wohnung. 18 Und mache die Bretter zu der Wohnung: zwanzig Bretter an der Seite gegen Mittag, südwärts; 19 und vierzig Füße von Silber sollst du unter die zwanzig Bretter machen: zwei Füße unter ein Brett für seine zwei Zapfen, und wieder zwei Füße unter ein Brett für seine zwei Zapfen; 20 und an der anderen Seite der Wohnung, an der Nordseite, zwanzig Bretter, 21 und ihre vierzig Füße von Silber: zwei Füße unter ein Brett, und wieder zwei Füße unter ein Brett; 22 und an der Hinterseite der Wohnung gegen Westen sollst du sechs Bretter machen; 23 und zwei Bretter sollst du für die Winkel der Wohnung an der Hinterseite machen; 24 und sie sollen zweifach sein von unten auf, und sollen an O. bis zu ihrem Oberteil völlig aneinander sein in einem Ringe; also soll es mit ihnen beiden sein, an den beiden Winkeln sollen sie sein. 25 Und so sollen es acht Bretter sein, und ihre Füße von Silber, sechzehn Füße: zwei Füße unter einem Brette, und wieder zwei Füße unter einem Brette. 26 Und du sollst Riegel von Akazienholz machen: fünf zu den Brettern der einen Seite der Wohnung, 27 und fünf Riegel zu den Brettern der anderen Seite der Wohnung, und fünf Riegel zu den Brettern der Seite der Wohnung an der Hinterseite gegen Westen; 28 und den mittleren Riegel in der Mitte der Bretter durchlaufend von einem Ende zum anderen. 29 Und die Bretter sollst du mit Gold überziehen; und ihre Ringe, die Behälter für die Riegel, sollst du von Gold machen und die Riegel mit Gold überziehen. 30 Und so richte die Wohnung auf, nach ihrer Vorschrift, wie sie dir auf dem Berge gezeigt worden ist. 31 Und du sollst einen Vorhang W. ein Scheidendes. So auch [V. 33] u. [35] machen von blauem und rotem Purpur und Karmesin und gezwirntem Byssus; in Kunstweberarbeit soll man ihn machen, mit Cherubim. 32 Und hänge ihn auf W. setze [tue] ihn; so auch nachher an vier Säulen von Akazienholz, überzogen mit Gold, ihre Haken von Gold, auf vier Füßen von Silber; 33 und hänge den Vorhang auf unter die Klammern; und bringe dorthin, innerhalb des Vorhanges, die Lade des Zeugnisses. Und der Vorhang soll euch eine Scheidung machen zwischen dem Heiligen und dem Allerheiligsten. W. dem Heiligen der Heiligen 34 Und lege den Deckel auf die Lade des Zeugnisses im Allerheiligsten. 35 Und stelle den Tisch außerhalb des Vorhangs und den Leuchter dem Tische gegenüber an die Seite der Wohnung gegen Süden; und den Tisch sollst du an die Nordseite setzen. 36 Und mache für den Eingang des Zeltes einen Vorhang W. eine Decke; desgl. [V. 37]; [27,16] von blauem und rotem Purpur und Karmesin und gezwirntem Byssus, in Buntwirkerarbeit. 37 Und mache zu dem Vorhang fünf Säulen von Akazienholz und überziehe sie mit Gold, ihre Haken von Gold, und gieße für sie fünf Füße von Erz.
ELB1905_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 Und die Elle H520 diesseits und die Elle H5736 jenseits, von dem, was übrig ist H2088 an der H753 Länge H3407 der Teppiche H168 des Zeltes H6654 , soll über die Seiten H4908 der Wohnung H3680 hangen, diesseits und jenseits, sie zu bedecken .
  14 H6213 Und mache H168 für das Zelt H4372 eine Decke H352 von rotgefärbten Widderfellen H4372 und eine Decke H8476 von Dachsfellen H4605 oben darüber.
  15 H6086 Und H7175 die Bretter H4908 zu der Wohnung H7848 sollst du von Akazienholz H6213 machen, aufrechtstehend;
  16 H6235 zehn H520 Ellen H753 die Länge H259 eines Brettes, und eine H2677 und eine halbe H520 Elle H7341 die Breite eines Brettes;
  17 H8147 zwei H3027 Zapfen H259 an einem H802 Brette, einer H6213 dem anderen gegenüber eingefügt: also sollst du es machen H7175 an allen Brettern H4908 der Wohnung .
  18 H6213 Und mache H7175 die Bretter H4908 zu der Wohnung H6242 : zwanzig H7175 Bretter H6285 an der Seite H5045 gegen Mittag, südwärts;
  19 H705 und vierzig H134 Füße H3701 von Silber H6242 sollst du unter die zwanzig H7175 Bretter H6213 machen H8147 : zwei H134 Füße H259 unter ein H7175 Brett H8147 für seine zwei H3027 Zapfen H8147 , und wieder zwei H134 Füße H259 unter ein H7175 Brett H8147 für seine zwei H3027 Zapfen;
  20 H6828 und H8145 an der H6763 anderen Seite H4908 der Wohnung H6242 , an der Nordseite, zwanzig H7175 Bretter,
  21 H705 und ihre vierzig H134 Füße H3701 von Silber H8147 : zwei H134 Füße H259 unter ein H7175 Brett H8147 , und wieder zwei H134 Füße H259 unter ein H7175 Brett;
  22 H3411 und an H4908 der Hinterseite der Wohnung H8337 gegen Westen sollst du sechs H7175 Bretter H6213 machen;
  23 H8147 und zwei H7175 Bretter H4908 sollst du für die Winkel der Wohnung H3411 an H6213 der Hinterseite machen;
  24 H4295 und sie sollen zweifach sein von unten H7218 auf H259 , und sollen an ihrem Oberteil völlig aneinander sein in einem H2885 Ringe H8147 ; also soll es mit ihnen beiden H8147 sein, an den beiden Winkeln sollen sie sein.
  25 H8083 Und so sollen es acht H7175 Bretter H134 sein, und ihre Füße H3701 von Silber H8337 -H6240 , sechzehn H134 Füße H8147 : zwei H134 Füße H259 unter einem H8147 Brette, und wieder zwei H134 Füße H259 unter einem Brette.
  26 H6086 Und H1280 du sollst Riegel H7848 von Akazienholz H6213 machen H2568 : fünf H7175 zu den Brettern H259 der einen H6763 Seite H4908 der Wohnung,
  27 H2568 -H1280 und fünf H1280 Riegel H7175 zu den Brettern H8145 der H6763 anderen Seite H4908 der Wohnung H2568 , und fünf H7175 Riegel zu den Brettern H6763 der Seite H4908 der Wohnung H3411 an der Hinterseite gegen Westen;
  28 H8484 und den mittleren H1280 Riegel H8432 in H7175 der Mitte der Bretter H7097 durchlaufend von einem Ende zum anderen.
  29 H7175 Und die Bretter H2091 sollst du mit Gold H6823 überziehen H2885 ; und ihre Ringe H1004 , die Behälter für H1280 die Riegel H2091 , sollst du von Gold H6213 machen H1280 und die Riegel H2091 mit Gold H6823 überziehen .
  30 H4908 Und so richte die Wohnung H6965 auf H2022 , nach ihrer Vorschrift, wie sie dir auf dem Berge H4941 gezeigt worden ist .
  31 H6532 Und du sollst einen Vorhang H6213 machen H4639 von H8504 blauem H713 und rotem Purpur H6213 und Karmesin und gezwirntem Byssus; in Kunstweberarbeit soll man ihn machen H3742 , mit Cherubim .
  32 H134 Und hänge ihn auf H702 an vier H5982 Säulen H7848 von Akazienholz H6823 , überzogen H2091 mit Gold H2053 , ihre Haken H2091 von Gold H702 , auf vier H3701 Füßen von Silber;
  33 H6532 und hänge den Vorhang H935 auf unter die Klammern; und bringe H727 dorthin, innerhalb des Vorhanges, die Lade H5715 des Zeugnisses H6532 . Und der Vorhang H914 soll euch H5414 eine Scheidung machen H6944 zwischen dem Heiligen H6944 und dem Allerheiligsten .
  34 H5414 Und lege H727 den Deckel auf die Lade H5715 des Zeugnisses H6944 im Allerheiligsten .
  35 H6828 Und H7979 stelle den Tisch H2351 außerhalb H4501 des Vorhangs und den Leuchter H7979 dem Tische H5227 gegenüber H6763 an die Seite H4908 der Wohnung H7979 gegen Süden; und den Tisch H5414 sollst du H7760 an die Nordseite setzen .
  36 H6213 Und mache H6607 für den Eingang H168 des Zeltes H4539 einen Vorhang H4639 von H8504 blauem H713 und rotem Purpur und Karmesin und gezwirntem Byssus, in Buntwirkerarbeit.
  37 H5178 Und H6213 mache H4539 zu dem Vorhang H2568 fünf H5982 Säulen H7848 von Akazienholz H6823 und überziehe H2091 sie mit Gold H2053 , ihre Haken H2091 von Gold H3332 , und gieße H2568 für sie fünf H134 Füße von Erz.
DSV(i) 13 En een el van deze, en een el van gene zijde van hetgeen, dat overig zijn zal aan de lengte van de gordijnen der tent, zal overhangen aan de zijden des tabernakels, aan deze en aan gene zijde, om dien te bedekken. 14 Gij zult ook voor de tent een deksel maken van roodgeverfde ramsvellen, en daarover een deksel van dassenvellen. 15 Gij zult ook tot den tabernakel staande berderen maken, van sittimhout. 16 De lengte van een berd zal tien ellen zijn, en een el en een halve el zal de breedte van elk berd zijn. 17 Twee houvasten zal een berd hebben, als sporten in een ladder gezet, het ene nevens het andere; alzo zult gij het met al de berderen des tabernakels maken. 18 En de berderen tot den tabernakel zult gij aldus maken: twintig berderen naar de zuidzijde zuidwaarts. 19 Gij zult ook veertig zilveren voeten maken onder de twintig berderen; twee voeten onder een berd, aan zijn twee houvasten, en twee voeten onder een ander berd, aan zijn twee houvasten. 20 Er zullen ook twintig berderen zijn aan de andere zijde des tabernakels, aan den noorderhoek, 21 Met hun veertig zilveren voeten; twee voeten onder een berd, en twee voeten onder een ander berd. 22 Doch aan de zijde des tabernakels tegen het westen zult gij zes berderen maken. 23 Ook zult gij twee berderen maken tot de hoekberderen des tabernakels, aan de beide zijden. 24 En zij zullen van beneden als tweelingen samengevoegd zijn; zij zullen ook als tweelingen aan het oppereinde deszelven samengevoegd zijn, met een ring; alzo zal het met de twee berderen zijn; tot twee hoekberderen zullen zij zijn. 25 Alzo zullen de acht berderen zijn met hun zilveren voeten, zijnde zestien voeten; twee voeten onder een berd, wederom twee voeten onder een berd. 26 Gij zult ook richelen maken van sittimhout; vijf aan de berderen van de ene zijde des tabernakels; 27 En vijf richelen aan de berderen van de andere zijde des tabernakels; alsook vijf richelen aan de berderen van de zijde des tabernakels, aan de beide zijden westwaarts. 28 En de middelste richel zal midden aan de berderen zijn, doorschietende van het ene einde tot het andere einde. 29 En gij zult de berderen met goud overtrekken, en hun ringen (de plaatsen voor de richelen) zult gij van goud maken; de richelen zult gij ook met goud overtrekken. 30 Dan zult gij den tabernakel oprichten naar zijn wijze, die u op den berg getoond is. 31 Daarna zult gij een voorhang maken, van hemelsblauw, en purper, en scharlaken, en fijn getweernd linnen; van het allerkunstelijkste werk zal men dien maken, met cherubim. 32 En gij zult hem hangen aan vier pilaren van sittim hout, met goud overtogen; hun haken zullen van goud zijn; staande op vier zilveren voeten. 33 En gij zult den voorhang onder de haakjes hangen, en gij zult de ark der getuigenis aldaar binnen den voorhang brengen; en deze voorhang zal ulieden een scheiding maken tussen het heilige, en tussen het heilige der heiligen. 34 En gij zult het verzoendeksel zetten op de ark der getuigenis, in het heilige der heiligen. 35 De tafel nu zult gij zetten buiten den voorhang, en den kandelaar tegen de tafel over, aan de ene zijde des tabernakels, zuidwaarts; maar de tafel zult gij zetten aan de noordzijde. 36 Gij zult ook aan de deur der tent een deksel maken, van hemelsblauw, en purper, en scharlaken, en fijn getweernd linnen, geborduurd werk. 37 En gij zult tot dit deksel vijf pilaren van sittim hout maken, en die met goud overtrekken; hun haken zullen van goud zijn; en gij zult hun vijf koperen voeten gieten.
DSV_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 En een el H2088 van deze H520 , en een el H5736 H8802 van gene zijde van hetgeen, dat overig zijn zal H753 aan de lengte H3407 van de gordijnen H168 der tent H5628 H8803 , zal overhangen H6654 aan de zijden H4908 des tabernakels H3680 H8763 , aan deze en aan gene [zijde], om dien te bedekken.
  14 H168 Gij zult ook voor de tent H4372 een deksel H6213 H8804 maken H119 H8794 van roodgeverfde H352 H5785 ramsvellen H4605 , en daarover H4372 een deksel H8476 H5785 van dassenvellen.
  15 H4908 Gij zult ook tot den tabernakel H5975 H8802 staande H7175 berderen H6213 H8804 maken H7848 H6086 , van sittimhout.
  16 H753 De lengte H7175 van een berd H6235 zal tien H520 ellen H520 zijn, en een el H2677 en een halve H7341 el zal de breedte H259 van elk H7175 berd zijn.
  17 H8147 Twee H3027 houvasten H259 zal een H7175 berd H7947 H8794 hebben, als sporten in een ladder gezet H802 , het ene H269 nevens het andere H7175 ; alzo zult gij het met al de berderen H4908 des tabernakels H6213 H8799 maken.
  18 H7175 En de berderen H4908 tot den tabernakel H6213 H8804 zult gij [aldus] maken H6242 : twintig H7175 berderen H5045 H6285 naar de zuidzijde H8486 zuidwaarts.
  19 H705 Gij zult ook veertig H3701 zilveren H134 voeten H6213 H8799 maken H6242 onder de twintig H7175 berderen H8147 ; twee H134 voeten H259 onder een H7175 berd H8147 , aan zijn twee H3027 houvasten H8147 , en twee H134 voeten H259 onder een ander H7175 berd H8147 , aan zijn twee H3027 houvasten.
  20 H6242 Er zullen ook twintig H7175 berderen H8145 zijn aan de andere H6763 zijde H4908 des tabernakels H6828 H6285 , aan den noorderhoek,
  21 H705 Met hun veertig H3701 zilveren H134 voeten H8147 ; twee H134 voeten H259 onder een H7175 berd H8147 , en twee H134 voeten H259 onder een ander H7175 berd.
  22 H3411 Doch aan de zijde H4908 des tabernakels H3220 tegen het westen H8337 zult gij zes H7175 berderen H6213 H8799 maken.
  23 H8147 Ook zult gij twee H7175 berderen H6213 H8799 maken H4742 tot de hoekberderen H4908 des tabernakels H3411 , aan de beide zijden.
  24 H4295 En zij zullen van beneden H8382 [als] tweelingen samengevoegd zijn H8382 H8802 ; zij zullen ook [als] tweelingen H7218 aan het oppereinde H3162 deszelven samengevoegd zijn H259 , met een H2885 ring H8147 ; alzo zal het met de twee H8147 [berderen] zijn; tot twee H4740 hoekberderen zullen zij zijn.
  25 H8083 Alzo zullen de acht H7175 berderen H3701 zijn met hun zilveren H134 voeten H8337 H6240 , zijnde zestien H134 voeten H8147 ; twee H134 voeten H259 onder een H7175 berd H8147 , wederom twee H134 voeten H259 onder een H7175 berd.
  26 H1280 Gij zult ook richelen H6213 H8804 maken H7848 H6086 van sittimhout H2568 ; vijf H7175 aan de berderen H259 van de ene H6763 zijde H4908 des tabernakels;
  27 H2568 En vijf H1280 richelen H7175 aan de berderen H8145 van de andere H6763 zijde H4908 des tabernakels H2568 ; alsook vijf H1280 richelen H7175 aan de berderen H6763 van de zijde H4908 des tabernakels H3411 , aan de beide zijden H3220 westwaarts.
  28 H8484 En de middelste H1280 richel H8432 zal midden H7175 aan de berderen H1272 H8688 zijn, doorschietende H7097 van het ene einde H7097 tot het andere einde.
  29 H7175 En gij zult de berderen H2091 met goud H6823 H8762 overtrekken H2885 , en hun ringen H1004 (de plaatsen H1280 voor de richelen H2091 ) zult gij van goud H6213 H8799 maken H1280 ; de richelen H2091 zult gij ook met goud H6823 H8765 overtrekken.
  30 H4908 Dan zult gij den tabernakel H6965 H8689 oprichten H4941 naar zijn wijze H2022 , die u op den berg H7200 H8717 getoond is.
  31 H6532 Daarna zult gij een voorhang H6213 H8804 maken H8504 , van hemelsblauw H713 , en purper H8144 H8438 , en scharlaken H7806 H8716 , en fijn getweernd H8336 linnen H2803 H8802 ; van het allerkunstelijkste H4639 werk H6213 H8799 zal men dien maken H3742 , met cherubim.
  32 H5414 H8804 En gij zult hem hangen H702 aan vier H5982 pilaren H7848 van sittim H2091 [hout], met goud H6823 H8794 overtogen H2053 ; hun haken H2091 zullen van goud H702 zijn; [staande] op vier H3701 zilveren H134 voeten.
  33 H6532 En gij zult den voorhang H7165 onder de haakjes H5414 H8804 hangen H727 , en gij zult de ark H5715 der getuigenis H1004 aldaar binnen H6532 den voorhang H935 H8689 brengen H6532 ; en deze voorhang H914 H8689 zal ulieden een scheiding maken H6944 tussen het heilige H6944 , en tussen het heilige H6944 der heiligen.
  34 H3727 En gij zult het verzoendeksel H5414 H8804 zetten H727 op de ark H5715 der getuigenis H6944 , in het heilige H6944 der heiligen.
  35 H7979 De tafel H7760 H8804 nu zult gij zetten H2351 buiten H6532 den voorhang H4501 , en den kandelaar H5227 H0 tegen H7979 de tafel H5227 over H6763 , aan de ene zijde H4908 des tabernakels H8486 , zuidwaarts H7979 ; maar de tafel H5414 H8799 zult gij zetten H6828 H6763 aan de noordzijde.
  36 H6607 Gij zult ook aan de deur H168 der tent H4539 een deksel H6213 H8804 maken H8504 , van hemelsblauw H713 , en purper H8438 H8144 , en scharlaken H7806 H8716 , en fijn getweernd H8336 linnen H7551 H8802 , geborduurd H4639 werk.
  37 H4539 En gij zult tot dit deksel H2568 vijf H5982 pilaren H7848 van sittim H6213 H8804 [hout] maken H2091 , en die met goud H6823 H8765 overtrekken H2053 ; hun haken H2091 zullen van goud H2568 zijn; en gij zult hun vijf H5178 koperen H134 voeten H3332 H8804 gieten.
Giguet(i) 13 Tu replieras l’excédant de longueur des couvertures du tabernacle, une coudée d’un côté et une coudée de l’autre, de telle sorte qu’il soit couvert. 14 Tu feras, pour le tabernacle, une toiture double, le dessous en toisons de béliers teintes en rouge; et par-dessus une couverture de peaux de béliers teintes en bleu. 15 ¶ Et tu feras les colonnes du tabernacle en bois incorruptible. 16 Chaque colonne aura dix coudées de haut, sur une coudée et demie d’épaisseur. 17 Il y aura à chaque colonne deux jointures correspondant l’un à l’autre; et il y en aura à toutes les colonnes du tabernacle. 18 Il y aura vingt colonnes du côté du nord; 19 Puis, tu feras quarante bases d’argent pour les vingt colonnes; une colonne aura une base pour chacune de ses extrémités; une autre colonne une base pour chacune de ses extrémités. 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3132 33 34 35 36 37
DarbyFR(i) 13 et la coudée deçà et la coudée delà, qui est de surplus dans la longueur des tapis de la tente, pendront sur les côtés du tabernacle, deçà et delà, pour le couvrir. 14 Et tu feras pour la tente une couverture de peaux de béliers teintes en rouge, et une couverture de peaux de taissons par-dessus. 15
Et tu feras les ais pour le tabernacle; ils seront de bois de sittim, placés debout; 16 la longueur d'un ais sera de dix coudées, et la largeur d'un ais d'une coudée et demie. 17 Il y aura deux tenons à une ais, en façon d'échelons, l'un répondant à l'autre; tu feras de même pour tous les ais du tabernacle. 18 Et tu feras les ais pour le tabernacle, vingt ais pour le côté du midi vers le sud; 19 et tu feras quarante bases d'argent sous les vingt ais, deux bases sous un ais pour ses deux tenons, et deux bases sous un ais pour ses deux tenons; 20 et pour l'autre côté du tabernacle, du côté du nord, vingt ais, 21 et leurs quarante bases d'argent, deux bases sous un ais, et deux bases sous un ais. 22 Et pour le fond du tabernacle, vers l'occident, tu feras six ais. 23 Et tu feras deux ais pour les angles du tabernacle, au fond; 24 ils seront joints par le bas, et parfaitement unis ensemble par le haut dans un anneau; il en sera de même pour les deux; ils seront aux deux angles. 25 Et il y aura huit ais, et leurs bases d'argent: seize bases, deux bases sous un ais, et deux bases sous un ais. 26 -Et tu feras des traverses de bois de sittim, cinq pour les ais d'un côté du tabernacle, 27 et cinq traverses pour les ais de l'autre côté du tabernacle, et cinq traverses pour les ais du côté du tabernacle, pour le fond, vers l'occident; 28 et la traverse du milieu sera au milieu des ais, courant d'un bout à l'autre. 29 Et tu plaqueras d'or les ais, et tu feras d'or leurs anneaux qui recevront les traverses, et tu plaqueras d'or les traverses. 30 Et tu dresseras le tabernacle selon son ordonnance qui t'a été montrée sur la montagne. 31
Et tu feras un voile de bleu, et de pourpre, et d'écarlate, et de fin coton retors; on le fera d'ouvrage d'art, avec des chérubins; 32 et tu le mettras sur quatre piliers de bois de sittim, plaqués d'or, et leurs crochets seront d'or; ils seront sur quatre bases d'argent. 33 Et tu mettras le voile au-dessous des agrafes, et tu mettras là, au dedans du voile, l'arche du témoignage; et le voile fera séparation pour vous entre le lieu saint et le lieu très-saint. 34 Et tu mettras le propitiatoire sur l'arche du témoignage, dans le lieu très-saint. 35 Et tu placeras la table en dehors du voile, et le chandelier vis-à-vis de la table, sur le côté du tabernacle qui est vers le sud, et tu mettras la table sur le côté nord. 36 Et tu feras pour l'entrée de la tente un rideau de bleu, et de pourpre, et d'écarlate, et de fin coton retors, en ouvrage de brodeur; 37 et tu feras pour le rideau cinq piliers de bois de sittim, et tu les plaqueras d'or, et leurs crochets seront d'or; et tu fondras pour eux cinq bases d'airain.
Martin(i) 13 Et une coudée deçà, et une coudée delà, de ce qui sera de surplus dans la longueur des rouleaux du Tabernacle, flottera aux côtés du pavillon çà et là, pour le couvrir. 14 Tu feras aussi pour ce Tabernacle une couverture de peaux de moutons teintes en rouge, et une couverture de peaux de taissons par-dessus. 15 Et tu feras pour le pavillon des ais de bois de Sittim, qu'on fera tenir debout. 16 La longueur d'un ais sera de dix coudées, et la largeur du même ais d'une coudée et demie. 17 Il y aura deux tenons dans chaque ais, en façon d'échelons l'un après l'autre; et tu feras ainsi de tous les ais du pavillon, 18 Tu feras donc les ais du pavillon, savoir vingt ais au côté qui regarde vers le Midi. 19 Et au-dessous des vingt ais tu feras quarante soubassements d'argent; deux soubassements sous un ais pour ses deux tenons, et deux soubassements sous l'autre ais pour ses deux tenons. 20 Et vingt ais à l'autre côté du pavillon, du côté du Septentrion. 21 Et leurs quarante soubassements seront d'argent, deux soubassements sous un ais, et deux soubassements sous l'autre ais. 22 Et pour le fond du pavillon vers l'Occident, tu feras six ais. 23 Tu feras aussi deux ais pour les encoignures du pavillon, aux deux côtés du fond. 24 Et ils seront égaux par le bas, et ils seront joints et unis par le haut avec un anneau; il en sera de même des deux ais qui seront aux deux encoignures. 25 Il y aura donc huit ais, et seize soubassements d'argent; deux soubassements sous un ais, et deux soubassements sous l'autre ais. 26 Après cela tu feras cinq barres de bois de Sittim, pour les ais d'un des côtés du pavillon. 27 Pareillement tu feras cinq barres, pour les ais de l'autre côté du pavillon; et cinq barres pour les ais du côté du pavillon, pour le fond, vers le côté de l'Occident. 28 Et la barre du milieu sera au milieu des ais, courant d'un bout à l'autre. 29 Tu couvriras aussi d'or les ais, et tu feras leurs anneaux d'or, pour mettre les barres, et tu couvriras d'or les barres. 30 Tu dresseras donc le Tabernacle selon la forme qui t'en a été montrée en la montagne. 31 Et tu feras un voile de pourpre, d'écarlate, de cramoisi, et de fin lin retors; on le fera d'ouvrage exquis, semé de Chérubins. 32 Et tu le mettras sur quatre piliers de bois de Sittim couverts d'or, ayant leurs crochets d'or, et ils seront sur quatre soubassements d'argent. 33 Puis tu mettras le voile sous les crochets, et tu feras entrer là dedans, c'est-à-dire, au-dedans du voile, l'Arche du Témoignage, et ce voile vous fera la séparation d'entre le lieu Saint et le lieu Très-saint. 34 Et tu poseras le Propitiatoire sur l'Arche du Témoignage, dans le lieu Très-saint. 35 Et tu mettras la table au dehors de ce voile, et le chandelier vis-à-vis de la table, au côté du pavillon, vers le Midi; et tu placeras la table au côté du Septentrion. 36 Et à l'entrée du Tabernacle tu feras une tapisserie de pourpre, d'écarlate, de cramoisi et de fin lin retors, d'ouvrage de broderie. 37 Tu feras aussi pour cette tapisserie cinq piliers de bois de Sittim, que tu couvriras d'or, et leurs crochets seront d'or; et tu fondras pour eux cinq soubassements d'airain.
Segond(i) 13 la coudée d'une part, et la coudée d'autre part, qui seront de reste sur la longueur des tapis de la tente, retomberont sur les deux côtés du tabernacle, pour le couvrir. 14 Tu feras pour la tente une couverture de peaux de béliers teintes en rouge, et une couverture de peaux de dauphins par-dessus. 15 Tu feras des planches pour le tabernacle; elles seront de bois d'acacia, placées debout. 16 La longueur d'une planche sera de dix coudées, et la largeur d'une planche sera d'une coudée et demie. 17 Il y aura à chaque planche deux tenons joints l'un à l'autre; tu feras de même pour toutes les planches du tabernacle. 18 Tu feras vingt planches pour le tabernacle, du côté du midi. 19 Tu mettras quarante bases d'argent sous les vingt planches, deux bases sous chaque planche pour ses deux tenons. 20 Tu feras vingt planches pour le second côté du tabernacle, le côté du nord, 21 et leurs quarante bases d'argent, deux bases sous chaque planche. 22 Tu feras six planches pour le fond du tabernacle, du côté de l'occident. 23 Tu feras deux planches pour les angles du tabernacle, dans le fond; 24 elles seront doubles depuis le bas, et bien liées à leur sommet par un anneau; il en sera de même pour toutes les deux, placées aux deux angles. 25 Il y aura ainsi huit planches, avec leurs bases d'argent, soit seize bases, deux bases sous chaque planche. 26 Tu feras cinq barres de bois d'acacia pour les planches de l'un des côtés du tabernacle, 27 cinq barres pour les planches du second côté du tabernacle, et cinq barres pour les planches du côté du tabernacle formant le fond vers l'occident. 28 La barre du milieu traversera les planches d'une extrémité à l'autre. 29 Tu couvriras d'or les planches, et tu feras d'or leurs anneaux qui recevront les barres, et tu couvriras d'or les barres. 30 Tu dresseras le tabernacle d'après le modèle qui t'est montré sur la montagne. 31 Tu feras un voile bleu, pourpre et cramoisi, et de fin lin retors; il sera artistement travaillé, et l'on y représentera des chérubins. 32 Tu le mettras sur quatre colonnes d'acacia, couvertes d'or; ces colonnes auront des crochets d'or, et poseront sur quatre bases d'argent. 33 Tu mettras le voile au-dessous des agrafes, et c'est là, en dedans du voile, que tu feras entrer l'arche du témoignage; le voile vous servira de séparation entre le lieu saint et le lieu très saint. 34 Tu mettras le propitiatoire sur l'arche du témoignage dans le lieu très saint. 35 Tu mettras la table en dehors du voile, et le chandelier en face de la table, au côté méridional du tabernacle; et tu mettras la table au côté septentrional. 36 Tu feras pour l'entrée de la tente un rideau bleu, pourpre et cramoisi, et de fin lin retors; ce sera un ouvrage de broderie. 37 Tu feras pour le rideau cinq colonnes d'acacia, et tu les couvriras d'or; elles auront des crochets d'or, et tu fondras pour elles cinq bases d'airain.
Segond_Strongs(i)
  13 H520 la coudée H2088 d’une part H520 , et la coudée H5736 d’autre part, qui seront de reste H8802   H753 sur la longueur H3407 des tapis H168 de la tente H5628 , retomberont H8803   H6654 sur les deux côtés H4908 du tabernacle H3680 , pour le couvrir H8763  .
  14 H6213 Tu feras H8804   H168 pour la tente H4372 une couverture H5785 de peaux H352 de béliers H119 teintes en rouge H8794   H4372 , et une couverture H5785 de peaux H8476 de dauphins H4605 par-dessus.
  15 H6213 ¶ Tu feras H8804   H7175 des planches H4908 pour le tabernacle H6086  ; elles seront de bois H7848 d’acacia H5975 , placées debout H8802  .
  16 H753 La longueur H7175 d’une planche H6235 sera de dix H520 coudées H7341 , et la largeur H259 d’une H7175 planche H520 sera d’une coudée H2677 et demie.
  17 H259 Il y aura à chaque H7175 planche H8147 deux H3027 tenons H7947 joints H8794   H802 l’un H269 à l’autre H6213  ; tu feras H8799   H7175 de même pour toutes les planches H4908 du tabernacle.
  18 H6213 Tu feras H8804   H6242 vingt H7175 planches H7175   H4908 pour le tabernacle H6285 , du côté H5045 du midi H8486  .
  19 H6213 Tu mettras H8799   H705 quarante H134 bases H3701 d’argent H6242 sous les vingt H7175 planches H8147 , deux H134 bases H259 sous chaque H7175 planche H8147 pour ses deux H3027 tenons.
  20 H6242 Tu feras vingt H7175 planches H8145 pour le second H6763 côté H4908 du tabernacle H6285 , le côté H6828 du nord,
  21 H705 et leurs quarante H134 bases H3701 d’argent H8147 , deux H134 bases H259 sous chaque H7175 planche.
  22 H6213 Tu feras H8799   H8337 six H7175 planches H3411 pour le fond H4908 du tabernacle H3220 , du côté de l’occident.
  23 H6213 Tu feras H8799   H8147 deux H7175 planches H4742 pour les angles H4908 du tabernacle H3411 , dans le fond ;
  24 H8382 elles seront doubles H4295 depuis le bas H8382 , et bien liées H8802   H3162   H7218 à leur sommet H259 par un H2885 anneau H8147  ; il en sera de même pour toutes les deux H8147 , placées aux deux H4740 angles.
  25 H8083 Il y aura ainsi huit H7175 planches H134 , avec leurs bases H3701 d’argent H8337 , soit seize H6240   H134 bases H8147 , deux H134 bases H259 sous chaque H7175 planche.
  26 H6213 Tu feras H8804   H2568 cinq H1280 barres H6086 de bois H7848 d’acacia H7175 pour les planches H259 de l’un H6763 des côtés H4908 du tabernacle,
  27 H2568 cinq H1280 barres H7175 pour les planches H8145 du second H6763 côté H4908 du tabernacle H2568 , et cinq H1280 barres H7175 pour les planches H6763 du côté H4908 du tabernacle H3411 formant le fond H3220 vers l’occident.
  28 H1280 La barre H8484 du milieu H8432 traversera H1272   H8688   H7175 les planches H7097 d’une extrémité H7097 à l’autre.
  29 H6823 Tu couvriras H8762   H2091 d’or H7175 les planches H6213 , et tu feras H8799   H2091 d’or H2885 leurs anneaux H1004 qui recevront H1280 les barres H6823 , et tu couvriras H8765   H2091 d’or H1280 les barres.
  30 H6965 Tu dresseras H8689   H4908 le tabernacle H4941 d’après le modèle H7200 qui t’est montré H8717   H2022 sur la montagne.
  31 H6213 ¶ Tu feras H8804   H6532 un voile H8504 bleu H713 , pourpre H8144 et cramoisi H8438   H8336 , et de fin lin H7806 retors H8716   H2803  ; il sera artistement H8802   H4639 travaillé H6213 , et l’on y représentera H8799   H3742 des chérubins.
  32 H5414 Tu le mettras H8804   H702 sur quatre H5982 colonnes H7848 d’acacia H6823 , couvertes H8794   H2091 d’or H2053  ; ces colonnes auront des crochets H2091 d’or H702 , et poseront sur quatre H134 bases H3701 d’argent.
  33 H5414 Tu mettras H8804   H6532 le voile H7165 au-dessous des agrafes H1004 , et c’est là, en dedans H6532 du voile H935 , que tu feras entrer H8689   H727 l’arche H5715 du témoignage H6532  ; le voile H914 vous servira de séparation H8689   H6944 entre le lieu saint H6944 et le lieu très H6944 saint.
  34 H5414 Tu mettras H8804   H3727 le propitiatoire H727 sur l’arche H5715 du témoignage H6944 dans le lieu très H6944 saint.
  35 H7760 Tu mettras H8804   H7979 la table H2351 en dehors H6532 du voile H4501 , et le chandelier H5227 en face H7979 de la table H6763 , au côté H8486 méridional H4908 du tabernacle H5414  ; et tu mettras H8799   H7979 la table H6763 au côté H6828 septentrional.
  36 H6213 Tu feras H8804   H6607 pour l’entrée H168 de la tente H4539 un rideau H8504 bleu H713 , pourpre H8438 et cramoisi H8144   H8336 , et de fin lin H7806 retors H8716   H4639  ; ce sera un ouvrage H7551 de broderie H8802  .
  37 H6213 Tu feras H8804   H4539 pour le rideau H2568 cinq H5982 colonnes H7848 d’acacia H6823 , et tu les couvriras H8765   H2091 d’or H2053  ; elles auront des crochets H2091 d’or H3332 , et tu fondras H8804   H2568 pour elles cinq H134 bases H5178 d’airain.
SE(i) 13 Y un codo de una parte, y otro codo de la otra que sobra en la longitud de las cortinas de la tienda, cargará sobre los lados del tabernáculo de una parte y de la otra, para cubrirlo. 14 Harás también a la tienda una cubierta de cueros de carneros, teñidos de rojo, y otra cubierta de cueros de tejones encima. 15 Y harás para el tabernáculo tablas de madera de cedro estantes. 16 La longitud de cada tabla será de diez codos, y de codo y medio la anchura de la misma tabla. 17 Dos quicios tendrá cada tabla, trabadas la una con la otra; así harás todas las tablas del tabernáculo. 18 Harás, pues, las tablas del tabernáculo: veinte tablas al lado del mediodía, al austro. 19 Y harás cuarenta basas de plata para debajo de las veinte tablas; dos basas debajo de una tabla para sus dos quicios, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla para sus dos quicios. 20 Y al otro lado del tabernáculo, a la parte del aquilón, veinte tablas; 21 y sus cuarenta basas de plata: dos basas debajo de una tabla, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla. 22 Y para el lado del tabernáculo, al occidente, harás seis tablas. 23 Harás además dos tablas para las esquinas del tabernáculo en los dos ángulos posteriores; 24 las cuales se unirán por abajo, y asimismo se juntarán por su alto a un gozne; así será de las otras dos que estarán a las dos esquinas. 25 Así que serán ocho tablas, con sus basas de plata, dieciséis basas; dos basas debajo de una tabla, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla. 26 Harás también cinco barras de madera de cedro, para las tablas de un lado del tabernáculo, 27 y cinco barras para las tablas del otro lado del tabernáculo, y cinco barras para el otro lado del tabernáculo, que está al occidente. 28 Y la barra del medio pasará por medio de las tablas, de un cabo al otro. 29 Y cubrirás las tablas de oro, y harás sus anillos de oro para meter por ellos las barras; también cubrirás las barras de oro. 30 Y alzarás el tabernáculo conforme a su traza que te fue mostrada en el monte. 31 Y harás también un velo de cárdeno, y púrpura, y carmesí, y de lino torcido; será hecho de primorosa labor, con querubines; 32 y has de ponerlo sobre cuatro columnas de cedro cubiertas de oro; sus capiteles de oro, sobre cuatro basas de plata. 33 Y pondrás el velo debajo de los corchetes, y meterás allí, del velo adentro, el arca del testimonio; y aquel velo os hará separación entre el lugar santo y el lugar santísimo. 34 Y pondrás la cubierta sobre el arca del testimonio en el lugar santísimo. 35 Y pondrás la mesa fuera del velo, y el candelero enfrente de la mesa al lado del tabernáculo al mediodía; y pondrás la mesa al lado del aquilón. 36 Y harás a la puerta del tabernáculo una cortina de cárdeno, y púrpura, y carmesí, y lino torcido, obra de bordador. 37 Y harás para la cortina cinco columnas de cedro, las cuales cubrirás de oro, con sus capiteles de oro; y harás de fundición cinco basas de bronce para ellas.
ReinaValera(i) 13 Y un codo de la una parte, y otro codo de la otra que sobra en la longitud de las cortinas de la tienda, cargará sobre los lados del tabernáculo de la una parte y de la otra, para cubrirlo. 14 Harás también á la tienda una cubierta de cueros de carneros, teñidos de rojo, y una cubierta de cueros de tejones encima. 15 Y harás para el tabernáculo tablas de madera de Sittim, que estén derechas. 16 La longitud de cada tabla será de diez codos, y de codo y medio la anchura de cada tabla. 17 Dos quicios tendrá cada tabla, trabadas la una con la otra; así harás todas las tablas del tabernáculo. 18 Harás, pues, las tablas del tabernáculo: veinte tablas al lado del mediodía, al austro. 19 Y harás cuarenta basas de plata debajo de las veinte tablas; dos basas debajo de la una tabla para sus dos quicios, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla para sus dos quicios. 20 Y al otro lado del tabernáculo, á la parte del aquilón, veinte tablas; 21 Y sus cuarenta basas de plata: dos basas debajo de la una tabla, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla. 22 Y para el lado del tabernáculo, al occidente, harás seis tablas. 23 Harás además dos tablas para las esquinas del tabernáculo en los dos ángulos posteriores; 24 Las cuales se unirán por abajo, y asimismo se juntarán por su alto á un gozne: así será de las otras dos que estarán á las dos esquinas. 25 De suerte que serán ocho tablas, con sus basas de plata, diez y seis basas; dos basas debajo de la una tabla, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla. 26 Harás también cinco barras de madera de Sittim, para las tablas del un lado del tabernáculo, 27 Y cinco barras para las tablas del otro lado del tabernáculo, y cinco barras para el otro lado del tabernáculo, que está al occidente. 28 Y la barra del medio pasará por medio de las tablas, del un cabo al otro. 29 Y cubrirás las tablas de oro, y harás sus anillos de oro para meter por ellos las barras: también cubrirás las barras de oro. 30 Y alzarás el tabernáculo conforme á su traza que te fue mostrada en el monte. 31 Y harás también un velo de cárdeno, y púrpura, y carmesí, y de lino torcido: será hecho de primorosa labor, con querubines: 32 Y has de ponerlo sobre cuatro columnas de madera de Sittim cubiertas de oro; sus capiteles de oro, sobre basas de plata. 33 Y pondrás el velo debajo de los corchetes, y meterás allí, del velo adentro, el arca del testimonio; y aquel velo os hará separación entre el lugar santo y el santísimo. 34 Y pondrás la cubierta sobre el arca del testimonio en el lugar santísimo. 35 Y pondrás la mesa fuera del velo, y el candelero enfrente de la mesa al lado del tabernáculo al mediodía; y pondrás la mesa al lado del aquilón. 36 Y harás á la puerta del tabernáculo una cortina de cárdeno, y púrpura, y carmesí, y lino torcido, obra de bordador. 37 Y harás para la cortina cinco columnas de madera de Sittim, las cuales cubrirás de oro, con sus capiteles de oro: y hacerlas has de fundición cinco basas de metal.
JBS(i) 13 Y un codo de un lado, y otro codo del otro que sobra en la longitud de las cortinas de la tienda, cargará sobre los lados del tabernáculo de un lado y del otro, para cubrirlo. 14 Harás también a la tienda una cubierta de cueros de carneros, teñidos de rojo, y otra cubierta de cueros de tejones encima. 15 ¶ Y harás para el tabernáculo tablas de madera de cedro estantes. 16 La longitud de cada tabla será de diez codos, y de codo y medio la anchura de la misma tabla. 17 Dos quicios tendrá cada tabla, trabadas la una con la otra; así harás todas las tablas del tabernáculo. 18 Harás, pues, las tablas del tabernáculo: veinte tablas al lado del mediodía, al austro. 19 Y harás cuarenta basas de plata para debajo de las veinte tablas; dos basas debajo de una tabla para sus dos quicios, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla para sus dos quicios. 20 Y al otro lado del tabernáculo, a la parte del aquilón, veinte tablas; 21 y sus cuarenta basas de plata: dos basas debajo de una tabla, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla. 22 Y para el lado del tabernáculo, al occidente, harás seis tablas. 23 Harás además dos tablas para las esquinas del tabernáculo en los dos ángulos posteriores; 24 las cuales se unirán por abajo, y asimismo se juntarán por su alto a un gozne; así será con las otras dos que estarán a las dos esquinas. 25 Así que serán ocho tablas, con sus basas de plata, dieciséis basas; dos basas debajo de una tabla, y dos basas debajo de la otra tabla. 26 Harás también cinco barras de madera de cedro, para las tablas de un lado del tabernáculo, 27 y cinco barras para las tablas del otro lado del tabernáculo, y cinco barras para el otro lado del tabernáculo, que está al occidente. 28 Y la barra del medio pasará por medio de las tablas, de un cabo al otro. 29 Y cubrirás las tablas de oro, y harás sus anillos de oro para meter por ellos las barras; también cubrirás las barras de oro. 30 Y alzarás el tabernáculo conforme a su traza que te fue mostrada en el monte. 31 ¶ Y harás también un velo de cárdeno, y púrpura, y carmesí, y de lino torcido; será hecho de primorosa labor, con querubines; 32 y has de ponerlo sobre cuatro columnas de cedro cubiertas de oro; sus capiteles de oro, sobre cuatro basas de plata. 33 Y pondrás el velo debajo de los corchetes, y meterás allí, del velo adentro, el arca del testimonio; y aquel velo os hará separación entre el lugar santo y el lugar santísimo. 34 Y pondrás el asiento de la reconciliación sobre el arca del testimonio en el lugar santísimo. 35 Y pondrás la mesa fuera del velo, y el candelero enfrente de la mesa al lado del tabernáculo al mediodía; y pondrás la mesa al lado del aquilón. 36 Y harás a la puerta del tabernáculo una cortina de cárdeno, y púrpura, y carmesí, y lino torcido, obra de bordador. 37 Y harás para la cortina cinco columnas de cedro, las cuales cubrirás de oro, con sus capiteles de oro; y harás de fundición cinco basas de bronce para ellas.
Albanian(i) 13 dhe kubiti nga një anë dhe kubiti nga ana tjetër që janë të tepërt në gjatësinë e pëlhurave të çadrës, do të bien mbi të dy anët e tabernakullit, njëri nga një krah dhe tjetri në krahun tjetër për ta mbuluar atë. 14 Do të bësh gjithashtu një mbulesë për çadrën me lëkura dashi të ngjyrosura në të kuq, dhe mbi këtë një tjetër mbulesë me lëkura baldose. 15 Do të bësh për tabernakullin disa dërrasa prej druri të akacies, të vendosura më këmbë. 16 Gjatësia e një dërrase do të jetë dhjetë kubitë dhe gjerësia e saj një kubitë e gjysëm. 17 Çdo dërrasë do të ketë dy kllapa për të bashkuar një dërrasë me tjetrën; kështu do të veprosh për të gjitha dërrasat e tabernakullit. 18 Do të bësh kështu dërrasat e tabernakullit, njëzet dërrasa për anën jugore. 19 Do të vësh dyzet baza argjendi poshtë njëzet dërrasave: dy baza poshtë secilës dërrasë për të dy kllapat e veta. 20 Do të bësh edhe njëzet dërrasa për krahun e dytë të tabernakullit, për anën e tij veriore, 21 dhe dyzet bazat e tyre prej argjendi, dy baza nën çdo dërrasë. 22 Për krahun e pasmë të tabernakullit, në drejtim të perëndimit, do të bësh gjashtë dërrasa. 23 Do të bësh edhe dy dërrasa për të dy qoshet e pasme të tabernakullit. 24 Ato do të çiftëzohen poshtë dhe do të bashkohen lart me një unazë. Kështu ka për të ndodhur me të dyja dërrasat, që ndodhen në të dy qoshet. 25 Do të ketë, pra, tetë dërrasa me bazat e tyre prej argjendi: gjashtëmbëdhjetë baza, dy baza poshtë çdo dërrase. 26 Do të bësh edhe disa traversa prej druri të akacies: pesë për dërrasat e njërës anë të tabernakullit, 27 pesë traversa për dërrasat e anës tjetër të tabernakullit dhe pesë traversa për dërrasat e pjesës së pasme të tabernakullit, në drejtim të perëndimit. 28 Traversa qëndrore, në mes të dërrasave, do të kalojë nga njëra anë në tjetrën. 29 Do t'i veshësh me ar dërrasat dhe do t'i bësh prej ari unazat e tyre nëpër të cilat do të kalojnë traversat, dhe do t'i veshësh me ar traversat. 30 Do ta ngresh tabernakullin me trajtën e përpiktë që t'u tregua në mal. 31 Do të bësh një vel me fije në ngjyrë vjollce, të purpurt, flakë të kuqe dhe me li të hollë dhe të përdredhur, të stolisur me kerubinë të punuar artistikisht, 32 dhe do ta varësh në katër shtylla prej akacieje të veshura me ar, me grremçat e tyre të arta të vëna mbi baza argjendi. 33 Do ta varësh velin në kapëset; dhe aty, në anën e brendshme të velit, do të futësh arkën e dëshmisë; veli do t'ju shërbejë si ndarës midis vendit të shenjtë dhe vendit shumë të shenjtë. 34 Pastaj do ta vësh pajtuesin mbi arkën e dëshmisë në vendin shumë të shenjtë. 35 Jashtë velit do të vësh përkundrazi tryezën, ndërsa shandani do të shkojë përballë tryezës në krahun jugor të tabernakullit, dhe do ta vendosësh tryezën në krahun verior. 36 Do të bësh gjithashtu për hyrjen e çadrës një perde me fije në ngjyrë vjollce, të purpurt, flakë të kuqe dhe prej liri të përdredhur, puna e një qëndistari. 37 Do të bësh gjithashtu pesë shtylla akacieje për perden dhe do t'i veshësh me ar; grremçat e tyre do të jenë prej ari dhe do të shkrish për to pesë baza prej bronzi".
RST(i) 13 а излишек от длины покрывал скинии, на локоть с одной и на локоть сдругой стороны, пусть будет свешен по бокам скинии с той и с другой стороны, для покрытия ее. 14 И сделай покрышку для покрова из кож бараньих красных и еще покров верхний из кож синих. 15 И сделай брусья для скинии из дерева ситтим, чтобы они стояли: 16 длиною в десять локтей брус, и полтора локтя каждому брусу ширина; 17 у каждого бруса по два шипа: один против другого: так сделай у всех брусьев скинии. 18 Так сделай брусья для скинии: двадцать брусьев для полуденной стороны к югу, 19 и под двадцать брусьев сделай сорок серебряных подножий: два подножия под один брус для двух шипов его, и два подножия под другой брус длядвух шипов его; 20 и двадцать брусьев для другой стороны скинии к северу, 21 и для них сорок подножий серебряных: два подножия под один брус, и два подножия под другой брус. 22 для задней же стороны скинии к западу сделай шесть брусьев 23 и два бруса сделай для углов скинии на заднюю сторону; 24 они должны быть соединены внизу и соединены вверху к одному кольцу: так должно быть с ними обоими; для обоих углов пусть они будут; 25 и так будет восемь брусьев, и для них серебряных подножий шестнадцать: два подножия под один брус, и два подножия под другой брус. 26 И сделай шесты из дерева ситтим, пять для брусьев одной стороны скинии, 27 и пять шестов для брусьев другой стороны скинии, и пять шестовдля брусьев задней стороны сзади скинии, к западу; 28 а внутренний шест будет проходить по средине брусьев от одного конца до другого; 29 брусья же обложи золотом, и кольца, для вкладывания шестов, сделай из золота, и шесты обложи золотом. 30 И поставь скинию по образцу, который показан тебе на горе. 31 И сделай завесу из голубой, пурпуровой и червленой шерсти и крученого виссона; искусною работою должны быть сделаны на ней херувимы; 32 и повесь ее на четырех столбах из ситтим, обложенных золотом, сзолотыми крючками, на четырех подножиях серебряных; 33 и повесь завесу на крючках и внеси туда за завесу ковчег откровения; и будет завеса отделять вам святилище от Святаго-святых. 34 И положи крышку на ковчег откровения во Святом-святых. 35 И поставь стол вне завесы и светильник против стола на стороне скинии к югу; стол же поставь на северной стороне. 36 И сделай завесу для входа в скинию из голубой и пурпуровой и червленой шерсти и из крученого виссона узорчатой работы; 37 и сделай для завесы пять столбов из ситтим и обложи их золотом; крючки к ним золотые; и вылей для них пять подножий медных.
Arabic(i) 13 والذراع من هنا والذراع من هناك من الفاضل في طول شقق الخيمة تكونان مدلاتين على جانبي المسكن من هنا ومن هناك لتغطيته. 14 وتصنع غطاء للخيمة من جلود كباش محمرّة. وغطاء من جلود تخس من فوق 15 وتصنع الالواح للمسكن من خشب السنط قائمة. 16 طول اللوح عشر اذرع وعرض اللوح الواحد ذراع ونصف. 17 وللّوح الواحد رجلان مقرونة احداهما بالاخرى. هكذا تصنع لجميع الواح المسكن. 18 وتصنع الالواح للمسكن عشرين لوحا الى جهة الجنوب نحو التيمن. 19 وتصنع اربعين قاعدة من فضة تحت العشرين لوحا. تحت اللوح الواحد قاعدتان لرجليه وتحت اللوح الواحد قاعدتان لرجليه. 20 ولجانب المسكن الثاني الى جهة الشمال عشرين لوحا. 21 واربعين قاعدة لها من فضة. تحت اللوح الواحد قاعدتان وتحت اللوح الواحد قاعدتان. 22 ولمؤخر المسكن نحو الغرب تصنع ستة الواح. 23 وتصنع لوحين لزاويتي المسكن في المؤخر. 24 ويكونان مزدوجين من اسفل. وعلى سواء يكونان مزدوجين الى راسه الى الحلقة الواحدة. هكذا يكون لكليهما. يكونان للزاويتين. 25 فتكون ثمانية الواح وقواعدها من فضة ست عشرة قاعدة. تحت اللوح الواحد قاعدتان وتحت اللوح الواحد قاعدتان 26 وتصنع عوارض من خشب السنط. خمسا لالواح جانب المسكن الواحد. 27 وخمس عوارض لالواح جانب المسكن الثاني. وخمس عوارض لالواح جانب المسكن في المؤخر نحو الغرب. 28 والعارضة الوسطى في وسط الالواح تنفذ من الطرف الى الطرف. 29 وتغشّي الالواح بذهب. وتصنع حلقاتها من ذهب بيوتا للعوارض. وتغشّي العوارض بذهب. 30 وتقيم المسكن كرسمه الذي أظهر لك في الجبل 31 وتصنع حجابا من اسمانجوني وارجوان وقرمز وبوص مبروم. صنعة حائك حاذق يصنعه بكروبيم. 32 وتجعله على اربعة اعمدة من سنط مغشّاة بذهب. رززها من ذهب. على اربع قواعد من فضة. 33 وتجعل الحجاب تحت الاشظّة. وتدخل الى هناك داخل الحجاب تابوت الشهادة. فيفصل لكم الحجاب بين القدس وقدس الاقداس. 34 وتجعل الغطاء على تابوت الشهادة في قدس الاقداس. 35 وتضع المائدة خارج الحجاب والمنارة مقابل المائدة على جانب المسكن نحو التيمن. وتجعل المائدة على جانب الشمال 36 وتصنع سجفا لمدخل الخيمة من اسمانجوني وارجوان وقرمز وبوص مبروم صنعة الطرّاز. 37 وتصنع للسجف خمسة اعمدة من سنط وتغشّيها بذهب. رززها من ذهب. وتسبك لها خمس قواعد من نحاس
ArmenianEastern(i) 13 Վրանի վարագոյրների երկարութեան աւելացած մասից մի կանգուն թող կախուի այս կողմից եւ մի կանգուն՝ այն կողմից: Վրանի ծայրերը թող ծածկուեն այս ու այն կողմից: 14 Վրանի ծածկը կը պատրաստես խոյերի շիկակարմիր մորթուց, իսկ դրա վրայ էլ մի ծածկ կը դնես կապոյտ մորթուց: 15 Վրանի ուղղահայեաց մոյթերը կը պատրաստես կարծր փայտից: 16 Ամէն մոյթի երկարութիւնը տասը կանգուն թող լինի, իսկ ամէն մոյթի հաստութիւնն ու լայնութիւնը մէկուկէս կանգուն թող լինի: 17 Ամէն մի մոյթ թող ունենայ իրար ագուցուած երկու ծղնի: Այդպէս կը պատրաստես վրանի բոլոր մոյթերը: 18 Վրանի հիւսիսային կողմում կը դնես քսան մոյթեր 19 եւ այդ քսան մոյթերի համար կը պատրաստես քառասուն արծաթէ խարիսխներ. երկու խարիսխ՝ վրանի մի մոյթի երկու կողմերի համար եւ երկու խարիսխ՝ մի մոյթի երկու կողմերի համար: 20 Վրանի միւս՝ հարաւային կողմում նոյնպէս կը դնես քսան մոյթեր իրենց քառասուն արծաթէ խարիսխներով: 21 Երկու խարիսխ՝ մի մոյթի երկու կողմերի համար: 22 Վրանի յետեւի՝ ծովահայեաց կողմում վեց մոյթ կը դնես: 23 Երկու մոյթ կը դնես խորանի անկիւններին՝ յետեւի կողմից: 24 Ներքեւի կողմից դրանք պէտք է իրար հաւասար լինեն: Նոյն ձեւով հաւասար թող լինեն դրա իրար ագուցուած զոյգ խոյակները: Նոյն ձեւով կը շինես երկու անկիւնների մոյթերը: 25 Այսպիսով կը ստացուի ութ մոյթ: Դրանց խարիսխները արծաթից թող լինեն. տասնվեց խարիսխ: Երկու խարիսխ՝ մի մոյթի համար նրա երկու կողմերից, եւ երկու խարիսխ էլ՝ միւս մոյթի համար: 26 Կարծր փայտից նիգեր կը պատրաստես. հինգ նիգ՝ վրանի մի կողմի մոյթի համար, 27 հինգ նիգ՝ վրանի երկրորդ կողմի միւս մոյթի համար եւ հինգ նիգ՝ վրանի թիկունքի՝ ծովահայեաց կողմի մոյթի համար: 28 Մի նիգ էլ մոյթերի մի ծայրից մինչեւ միւսն անցկացուելով՝ դրանք թող միացնի իրար: 29 Մոյթերը կը պատես ոսկով: Կը պատրաստես ոսկէ օղակներ, որոնց մէջ կը հագցնես նիգերը: Նիգերը կը պատես ոսկով: 30 Վրանը կը կանգնեցնես այն ձեւով, որ ցոյց տրուեց քեզ լերան վրայ: 31 Կապոյտ, ծիրանի ու կարմիր կտաւից եւ նրբահիւս բեհեզից վարագոյր կը պատրաստես: Այն կը զարդարես ասեղնագործուած քերովբէով: 32 Այն կ՚ամրացնես կարծր փայտից շինուած եւ ոսկով պատած չորս մոյթերի վրայ: Դրանց խոյակները թող լինեն ոսկուց, իսկ խարիսխները՝ արծաթից: Վարագոյրը կը ձգես մոյթից մոյթ: 33 Վկայութեան տապանակը կը տանես այնտեղ, վարագոյրի ներսի կողմը, եւ վարագոյրը ձեզ համար սրբութիւնը կ՚առանձնացնի սրբութիւնների սրբութիւնից: 34 Սրբութիւնների սրբութեան տեղում վկայութեան տապանակը կը ծածկես վարագոյրով: 35 Զոհասեղանը կը դնես վարագոյրի դրսի կողմը, իսկ աշտանակը՝ զոհասեղանի դիմաց, վրանի հարաւային կողմում: Զոհասեղանը կը դնես վրանի հիւսիսային կողմում: 36 Կապոյտ, ծիրանի ու կարմիր կտաւից եւ նրբահիւս բեհեզից կը պատրաստես վրանի դռան առագաստը՝ նկարազարդ մի գործ: 37 Առագաստի համար կարծր փայտից հինգ մոյթ կը պատրաստես եւ դրանք կ՚ոսկեզօծես: Դրանց խոյակները թող լինեն ոսկուց: Դրանց համար հինգ պղնձէ խարիսխ կը ձուլես»:
Bulgarian(i) 13 И един лакът от едната страна и един лакът от другата страна от онова, което остава повече от дължината на завесите на покрива, да виси по страните на шатъра от едната и от другата страна, за да го покрива. 14 Да направиш и покривало за покрива от червено боядисани овнешки кожи и отгоре му едно покривало от язовски кожи. 15 Да направиш за скинията дъски от акациево дърво, които да стоят изправени. 16 Десет лакътя да бъде дължината на всяка дъска и лакът и половина -- ширината на всяка дъска. 17 Във всяка дъска да има два шипа един срещу друг; и така да направиш на всички дъски на скинията. 18 И дъските на скинията да направиш двадесет дъски за южната страна, към пладне; 19 и под двадесетте дъски да поставиш четиридесет сребърни подложки -- две подложки под една дъска за двата й шипа и две подложки под друга дъска за двата й шипа. 20 И за другата страна на скинията, северната страна, да направиш двадесет дъски; 21 и четиридесетте им сребърни подложки -- две подложки под една дъска и две подложки под друга дъска. 22 А за задната страна на скинията, на запад, да направиш шест дъски, 23 и две дъски да направиш за ъглите на скинията от задната страна; 24 да са съединени отдолу, а отгоре да са свързани с една халка; така да бъде за двете дъски, те нека бъдат за двата ъгъла. 25 Така да бъдат осем дъски и сребърните им подложки -- шестнадесет подложки, две подложки под една дъска и две подложки под друга дъска. 26 И да направиш греди от акациево дърво, пет за дъските от едната страна на скинията, 27 пет греди за дъските от другата страна на скинията и пет греди за дъските от задната страна на скинията, към запад. 28 И средната греда, която е в средата на дъските, да преминава от край до край. 29 Дъските да обковеш със злато и халките им да направиш от злато, за да се поставят в тях гредите; да обковеш и гредите със злато. 30 Да издигнеш скинията според образеца й, който ти беше показан на планината. 31 И да направиш завеса от синьо, мораво, червено и препреден висон; изкусно изработена да я направиш, с херувими. 32 И да я окачиш със златни куки на четири обковани със злато стълба от акациево дърво, които да стоят на четири сребърни подложки. 33 Под куките да окачиш завесата и да внесеш там, отвътре завесата, ковчега на свидетелството, така че завесата да ви отделя святото място от пресвятото. 34 И да положиш умилостивилището върху ковчега на свидетелството в пресвятото място. 35 А масата да положиш отвън завесата и светилника -- срещу масата към южната страна на скинията; а масата да положиш към северната страна. 36 И да направиш за вход на шатъра завеса, везана работа от синьо, мораво, червено и препреден висон. 37 И за завесата да направиш пет стълба от акациево дърво, които да обковеш със злато; куките им да бъдат златни. И да излееш за тях пет бронзови подложки.
Croatian(i) 13 Od onoga što preteče na dužini šatorskih zavjesa neka po jedan lakat visi na obje strane svetoga Šatora da ga zaklanja. 14 Napokon napravi Šatoru pokrov od učinjenih i u crveno obojenih ovnujskih koža, a povrh njega pokrov od finih koža. 15 Trenice što će nauzgor stajati za Prebivalište napravi od bagremova drva. 16 Svaka trenica neka bude deset lakata duga, a lakat i pol široka. 17 Svaka trenica neka ima dva klina da je uspravno drže. Tako napravi na svakoj trenici za Prebivalište. 18 Trenice za Prebivalište postavi: dvadeset trenica s juga, prema podnevu; 19 onda pod dvadeset trenica napravi četrdeset podnožja od srebra, dva podnožja pod prvu trenicu za njezina dva klina, i tako redom, dva podnožja za dva klina svake slijedeće trenice. 20 Za drugu stranu Prebivališta, sa sjevera: dvadeset trenica 21 i četrdeset srebrnih podnožja, dva podnožja za dva klina prve trenice, i tako redom, dva podnožja za svaku trenicu. 22 Na stražnjoj strani Prebivališta, sa zapada, postavi šest trenica. 23 Napravi i dvije trenice za stražnje uglove Prebivališta. 24 Neka budu rastavljene pri dnu, ali na vrhu kod prvoga koluta neka budu sastavljene. Neka tako obadvije prave dva ugla. 25 Neka dakle bude osam trenica s njihovim srebrnim podnožjima: šesnaest podnožja, dva podnožja pod prvom trenicom, a dva opet podnožja pod svakom slijedećom trenicom. 26 Nadalje napravi priječnice od bagremova drva: pet njih za trenice s jedne strane Prebivališta, 27 a pet priječnica s druge strane Prebivališta; onda pet priječnica za trenice Prebivališta straga prema zapadu. 28 Srednja priječnica neka ide sredinom trenica s jednoga kraja na drugi. 29 Trenice obloži zlatom, a i kolutove za njih, kroz koje će se priječnice provlačiti, načini od zlata. Priječnice onda obloži zlatom. 30 Tako, dakle, podigni Prebivalište prema nacrtu koji ti je pokazan na brdu." 31 "Napravi zavjesu od ljubičastog, crvenog i tamnocrvenog prediva i prepredenog lana. Neka su na njoj izvezeni kerubini. 32 Objesi je na četiri stupa od bagremova drva, zlatom obložena, s kopčama od zlata, a na četiri podnožja od srebra. 33 Objesi zavjesu za kvake. Onda unesi Kovčeg svjedočanstva tu za zavjesu. Neka ti tako zavjesa odjeljuje Svetište od Svetišta nad svetištima. 34 Stavi Pomirilište na Kovčeg svjedočanstva u Svetinji nad svetinjama. 35 Postavi zatim stol van pred zavjesu, a svijećnjak na južnu stranu Prebivališta, prema stolu. Stol stavi na sjevernu stranu. 36 A na ulazu u Šator napravi zastorak od ljubičastog, crvenog i tamnocrvenog prediva i prepredenog lana - vezom izvezen. 37 Za zastorak isteši pet stupčića od bagrenova drva pa ih obloži zlatom. Kopče za njih neka budu od zlata. Salij za njih pet podnožja od tuča."
BKR(i) 13 A loket s jedné a loket s druhé strany, zbývající na dýl z houní stánku, převisne po stranách příbytku sem i tam, aby jej přikrýval. 14 Uděláš také přikrytí na stánek z koží skopových na červeno barvených, přikrytí také z koží jezevčích svrchu. 15 Naděláš k příbytku i desk stojatých z dříví setim. 16 Desíti loktů dlouhost dsky, a půl druhého lokte širokost dsky jedné. 17 Dva čepy dska jedna míti bude, podobně jako stupně u schodu zpořádané, jeden proti druhému; tak uděláš u všech desk příbytku. 18 Zděláš pak desky k příbytku, dvadceti desk k straně polední, k větru polednímu. 19 (A čtyřidceti podstavků stříbrných uděláš pod dvadceti desk; dva podstavky pod jednu dsku ke dvěma čepům jejím, a dva podstavky pod dsku druhou pro dva čepy její.) 20 Na druhé pak straně příbytku k straně půlnoční dvadceti desk, 21 A čtyřidceti podstavků jejich stříbrných; dva podstavky pod jednu dsku a dva podstavky pod dsku druhou. 22 Na straně také příbytku k západu šest uděláš desk. 23 A dvě dsky uděláš v obou dvou úhlech příbytku; 24 Kteréž budou spojené pozpodu, a tolikéž spojené svrchu k jednomu kruhu; tak bude při dvou těch, ve dvou úhlech budou. 25 A tak bude osm desk, a podstavkové jejich stříbrní, šestnácte podstavků; dva podstavkové pod dskou jednou a dva podstavkové pod dskou druhou. 26 Naděláš také svlaků z dříví setim. Pět jich bude dskám k straně příbytku jedné, 27 A pět svlaků dskám při straně příbytku druhé, a pět svlaků dskám k straně západní příbytku dosahující k oběma úhlům. 28 Ale prostřední svlak u prostřed desk provleče se od jednoho konce k druhému. 29 Ty pak dsky obložíš zlatem, a kruhy k nim uděláš zlaté, do nichž by svlakové byli uvlačováni; a obložíš i svlaky zlatem. 30 A tak vyzdvihneš příbytek podlé způsobu toho, kterýž tobě ukázán na hoře. 31 Uděláš i oponu z postavce modrého, a z šarlatu, a z červce dvakrát barveného, a z bílého hedbáví soukaného; dílem řemeslným uděláš ji s cherubíny. 32 A zavěsíš ji na čtyřech sloupích z dříví setim, obložených zlatem, (hákové jejich zlatí), na čtyřech podstavcích stříbrných. 33 A dáš oponu na háky, a vneseš vnitř za oponu truhlu svědectví; a oddělovati vám bude ta opona svatyni od svatyně svatých. 34 Položíš také slitovnici na truhlu svědectví v svatyni svatých. 35 A postavíš stůl vně před oponou, svícen pak naproti stolu v straně příbytku polední, a stůl dáš na stranu půlnoční. 36 A uděláš zastření dveří stánku z postavce modrého a z šarlatu, a z červce dvakrát barveného, a z bílého hedbáví přesukovaného, dílem vyšívaným. 37 K zastření pak tomu uděláš pět sloupů z dříví setim, kteréž obložíš zlatem, a hákové jejich zlatí; a sleješ k nim pět podstavků měděných.
Danish(i) 13 Og den Alen paa den ene Side og den Alen paa den anden Side, som bliver tilovers af Paulunets Tæpper i Længden, skal hænge ned over hver sin Side af Tabernaklet for at bedække det. 14 Du skal og børe et Dække over Paulunet af rødlødede Væderskind og et Dække derover af Grævlingeskind. 15 Og du skal gøre Fjælene til Tabernaklet af Sithimtræ, saa at de kunne staa. 16 Ti Alen lang skal hver Fjæl være, og een Alen og en halv Alen bred skal hver Fjæl være. 17 En Fjæl skal have to Tappe, den ene Tap forbunden med den anden; saaledes skal du gøre paa alle Tabernaklets Fjæle. 18 Og du, skal gøre Fjæle til Tabernaklet; tyve Fjæle til den søndre Side, imod Sønden. 19 Og du skal gøre fyrretyve Sølvfødder under de tyve Fjæle: to Fødder under den ene Fjæl for dens to Tappe, og to Fødder under den anden Fjæl for dens to Tappe. 20 Og til Tabernaklets anden Side mod den nordre Side tyve Fjæle 21 og deres fyrretyve Sølvfødder: to Fødder under den ene Fjæl, og to Fødder under den anden Fjæl. 22 Og til Bagsiden af Tabernaklet, imod Vesten, skal du gøre seks Fjæle. 23 Og du skal gøre to Fjæle til Tabernaklets Hjørner, paa begge Sider. 24 De to skulle være dobbelte nedenfra, og i lige Maade skulle de være dobbelte til det øverste, saa der bliver een Ring; saaledes skal det være med dem begge, de skulle være paa begge Hjørner. 25 Og der skal være otte Fjæle og deres Sølvfødder, seksten Fødder; to Fødder under den ene Fjæl og to Fødder under den anden Fjæl. 26 Og du skal gøre Tværstænger af Sithimtræ: Fem til Fjælene ved den ene Side paa Tabernaklet, 27 og fem Stænger til Fjælene ved den anden Side paa Tabernaklet, og fem Stænger til Fjælene paa Siden af Tabernaklet, bagtil mod Vesten. 28 Og den mellemste Stang skal være midt paa Fjælene og gaa tværs over fra den ene Ende til den anden. 29 Og din skal beslaa Fjælene med Guld og gøre deres Ringe af Guld til at stikke Stængerne udi; og du skal beslaa Stængerne med Guld. 30 Og du skal oprejse Tabernaklet efter den Maade, som blev vist dig paa Bjerget. 31 Og du skal gøre et Forhæng af blaat uldent og Purpur og Skarlagen og hvidt tvundet Linned; du skal gøre Keruber med kunstigt Arbejde paa det. 32 Og du skal hænge det paa fire Støtter af Sithimtræ, som ere beslagne med Guld, deres Kroge skulle være af Guld, paa fire Fødder af Sølv skulle de staa. 33 Og du skal hænge Forhænget under Hagerne og føre Vidnesbyrdets Ark derhen, indenfor Forhænget, og Forhænget skal skille for eder imellem det hellige og imellem det allerhelligste. 34 Og du skal sætte Naadestolen paa Vidnesbyrdets Ark i det allerhelligste. 35 Men du skal sætte Bordet uden for Forhænget, og Lysestagen tværs over for Bordet, paa den Side i Tabernaklet mod Sønden; men Bordet skal du sætte paa den nordre Side. 36 Og du skal gøre et Dække for Paulunets Dør af blaat uldent og Purpur, Skarlagen og hvidt tvundet Linned, stukket Arbejde. 37 Og du skal gøre fem Støtter af Sithimtræ til Dækket og beslaa dem med Guld, deres Kroge skulle være af Guld; og du skal støbe fem Kobberfødder til dem støbe fem Kobberfødder til dem.
CUV(i) 13 罩 棚 的 幔 子 所 餘 長 的 ， 這 邊 一 肘 ， 那 邊 一 肘 ， 要 垂 在 帳 幕 的 兩 旁 ， 遮 蓋 帳 幕 。 14 又 要 用 染 紅 的 公 羊 皮 做 罩 棚 的 蓋 ； 再 用 海 狗 皮 做 一 層 罩 棚 上 的 頂 蓋 。 15 你 要 用 皂 莢 木 做 帳 幕 的 豎 板 。 16 每 塊 要 長 十 肘 ， 寬 一 肘 半 ； 17 每 塊 必 有 兩 榫 相 對 。 帳 幕 一 切 的 板 都 要 這 樣 做 。 18 帳 幕 的 南 面 要 做 板 二 十 塊 。 19 在 這 二 十 塊 板 底 下 要 做 四 十 個 帶 卯 的 銀 座 ， 兩 卯 接 這 塊 板 上 的 兩 榫 ， 兩 卯 接 那 塊 板 上 的 兩 榫 。 20 帳 幕 第 二 面 ， 就 是 北 面 ， 也 要 做 板 二 十 塊 21 和 帶 卯 的 銀 座 四 十 個 ； 這 板 底 下 有 兩 卯 ， 那 板 底 下 也 有 兩 卯 。 22 帳 幕 的 後 面 ， 就 是 西 面 ， 要 做 板 六 塊 。 23 帳 幕 後 面 的 拐 角 要 做 板 兩 塊 。 24 板 的 下 半 截 要 雙 的 ， 上 半 截 要 整 的 ， 直 頂 到 第 一 個 環 子 ； 兩 塊 都 要 這 樣 做 兩 個 拐 角 。 25 必 有 八 塊 板 和 十 六 個 帶 卯 的 銀 座 ； 這 板 底 下 有 兩 卯 ， 那 板 底 下 也 有 兩 卯 。 26 你 要 用 皂 莢 木 做 閂 ： 為 帳 幕 這 面 的 板 做 五 閂 ， 27 為 帳 幕 那 面 的 板 做 五 閂 ， 又 為 帳 幕 後 面 的 板 做 五 閂 。 28 板 腰 間 的 中 閂 要 從 這 一 頭 通 到 那 一 頭 。 29 板 要 用 金 子 包 裹 ， 又 要 做 板 上 的 金 環 套 閂 ； 閂 也 要 用 金 子 包 裹 。 30 要 照 著 在 山 上 指 示 你 的 樣 式 立 起 帳 幕 。 31 你 要 用 藍 色 、 紫 色 、 朱 紅 色 線 ， 和 撚 的 細 麻 織 幔 子 ， 以 巧 匠 的 手 工 繡 上 基 路 伯 。 32 要 把 幔 子 掛 在 四 根 包 金 的 皂 莢 木 柱 子 上 ， 柱 子 上 當 有 金 鉤 ， 柱 子 安 在 四 個 帶 卯 的 銀 座 上 。 33 要 使 幔 子 垂 在 鉤 子 下 ， 把 法 櫃 抬 進 幔 子 內 ； 這 幔 子 要 將 聖 所 和 至 聖 所 隔 開 。 34 又 要 把 施 恩 座 安 在 至 聖 所 內 的 法 櫃 上 ， 35 把 桌 子 安 在 幔 子 外 帳 幕 的 北 面 ； 把 燈 臺 安 在 帳 幕 的 南 面 ， 彼 此 相 對 。 36 你 要 拿 藍 色 、 紫 色 、 朱 紅 色 線 ， 和 撚 的 細 麻 ， 用 繡 花 的 手 工 織 帳 幕 的 門 簾 。 37 要 用 皂 莢 木 為 簾 子 做 五 根 柱 子 ， 用 金 子 包 裹 。 柱 子 上 當 有 金 鉤 ； 又 要 為 柱 子 用 銅 鑄 造 五 個 帶 卯 的 座 。
CUV_Strongs(i)
  13 H168 罩棚 H3407 的幔子 H5736 所餘 H753 長的 H2088 ，這邊 H520 一肘 H520 ，那邊一肘 H5628 ，要垂在 H4908 帳幕 H6654 的兩旁 H3680 ，遮蓋帳幕。
  14 H119 又要用染紅的 H352 公羊 H5785 皮 H6213 做 H168 罩棚 H4372 的蓋 H8476 ；再用海狗 H5785 皮 H4605 做一層罩棚上 H4372 的頂蓋。
  15 H7848 你要用皂莢 H6086 木 H6213 做 H4908 帳幕 H5975 的豎 H7175 板。
  16 H7175 每塊 H753 要長 H6235 十 H520 肘 H7341 ，寬 H520 一肘 H2677 半；
  17 H259 每 H7175 塊 H8147 必有兩 H3027 榫 H7947 H802 H269 相對 H4908 。帳幕 H7175 一切的板 H6213 都要這樣做。
  18 H4908 帳幕 H5045 的南 H6285 面 H6213 要做 H7175 板 H6242 二十 H7175 塊。
  19 H6242 在這二十塊 H7175 板 H6213 底下要做 H705 四十個 H3701 帶卯的銀 H134 座 H8147 ，兩 H134 卯 H259 接這 H7175 塊板 H8147 上的兩 H3027 榫 H8147 ，兩 H134 卯 H259 接那 H7175 塊板 H8147 上的兩 H3027 榫。
  20 H4908 帳幕 H8145 第二 H6763 面 H6828 ，就是北 H6285 面 H7175 ，也要做板 H6242 二十塊
  21 H3701 和帶卯的銀 H134 座 H705 四十個 H259 ；這 H7175 板 H8147 底下有兩 H134 卯 H259 ，那 H7175 板 H8147 底下也有兩 H134 卯。
  22 H4908 帳幕 H3411 的後面 H3220 ，就是西面 H6213 ，要做 H7175 板 H8337 六塊。
  23 H4908 帳幕 H3411 後面 H4742 的拐角 H6213 要做 H7175 板 H8147 兩塊。
  24 H4295 板的下半截 H8382 要雙的 H7218 ，上半截 H259 要整的，直頂到第一 H2885 個環子 H8147 ；兩塊 H8147 都要這樣做兩個 H4740 拐角。
  25 H8083 必有八塊 H7175 板 H8337 H6240 和十六個 H3701 帶卯的銀 H134 座 H259 ；這 H7175 板 H8147 底下有兩 H134 卯 H259 ，那 H7175 板 H8147 底下也有兩 H134 卯。
  26 H7848 你要用皂莢 H6086 木 H6213 做 H1280 閂 H4908 ：為帳幕 H259 這 H6763 面 H7175 的板 H2568 做五閂，
  27 H4908 為帳幕 H8145 那 H6763 面 H7175 的板 H2568 做五 H1280 閂 H4908 ，又為帳幕 H6763 後面 H7175 的板 H2568 做五 H1280 閂。
  28 H7175 板 H8432 腰 H8484 間的中 H1280 閂 H7097 要從這一頭 H1272 通到 H7097 那一頭。
  29 H7175 板 H2091 要用金子 H6823 包裹 H6213 ，又要做 H2091 板上的金 H2885 環 H1280 套閂 H1280 ；閂 H2091 也要用金子 H6823 包裹。
  30 H2022 要照著在山上 H7200 指示 H4941 你的樣式 H6965 立起 H4908 帳幕。
  31 H8504 你要用藍色 H713 、紫色 H8144 H8438 、朱紅色 H7806 線，和撚的 H8336 細麻 H6213 織 H6532 幔子 H2803 ，以巧匠的 H4639 手工 H6213 繡上 H3742 基路伯。
  32 H5414 要把幔子掛在 H702 四根 H6823 包 H2091 金 H7848 的皂莢木 H5982 柱子 H2091 上，柱子上當有金 H2053 鉤 H702 ，柱子安在四個 H3701 帶卯的銀 H134 座上。
  33 H6532 要使幔子 H5414 垂在 H7165 鉤子 H5715 下，把法 H727 櫃 H935 抬進 H6532 幔子 H1004 內 H6532 ；這幔子 H6944 要將聖所 H6944 H6944 和至聖所 H914 隔開。
  34 H3727 又要把施恩座 H5414 安在 H6944 H6944 至聖所 H5715 內的法 H727 櫃上，
  35 H7760 把 H7979 桌子 H5414 安在 H6532 幔子 H2351 外 H6828 帳幕的北 H6763 面 H4501 ；把燈臺 H4908 安在帳幕 H8486 的南 H6763 面 H5227 ，彼此相對。
  36 H8504 你要拿藍色 H713 、紫色 H8438 H8144 、朱紅色 H7806 線，和撚的 H8336 細麻 H7551 ，用繡花的 H4639 手工 H6213 織 H168 帳幕 H6607 的門 H4539 簾。
  37 H7848 要用皂莢 H4539 木為簾子 H6213 做 H2568 五根 H5982 柱子 H2091 ，用金子 H6823 包裹 H2091 。柱子上當有金 H2053 鉤 H5178 ；又要為柱子用銅 H3332 鑄造 H2568 五 H134 個帶卯的座。
CUVS(i) 13 罩 棚 的 幔 子 所 余 长 的 ， 这 边 一 肘 ， 那 边 一 肘 ， 要 垂 在 帐 幕 的 两 旁 ， 遮 盖 帐 幕 。 14 又 要 用 染 红 的 公 羊 皮 做 罩 棚 的 盖 ； 再 用 海 狗 皮 做 一 层 罩 棚 上 的 顶 盖 。 15 你 要 用 皂 荚 木 做 帐 幕 的 竖 板 。 16 每 块 要 长 十 肘 ， 宽 一 肘 半 ； 17 每 块 必 冇 两 榫 相 对 。 帐 幕 一 切 的 板 都 要 这 样 做 。 18 帐 幕 的 南 面 要 做 板 二 十 块 。 19 在 这 二 十 块 板 底 下 要 做 四 十 个 带 卯 的 银 座 ， 两 卯 接 这 块 板 上 的 两 榫 ， 两 卯 接 那 块 板 上 的 两 榫 。 20 帐 幕 第 二 面 ， 就 是 北 面 ， 也 要 做 板 二 十 块 21 和 带 卯 的 银 座 四 十 个 ； 这 板 底 下 冇 两 卯 ， 那 板 底 下 也 冇 两 卯 。 22 帐 幕 的 后 面 ， 就 是 西 面 ， 要 做 板 六 块 。 23 帐 幕 后 面 的 拐 角 要 做 板 两 块 。 24 板 的 下 半 截 要 双 的 ， 上 半 截 要 整 的 ， 直 顶 到 第 一 个 环 子 ； 两 块 都 要 这 样 做 两 个 拐 角 。 25 必 冇 八 块 板 和 十 六 个 带 卯 的 银 座 ； 这 板 底 下 冇 两 卯 ， 那 板 底 下 也 冇 两 卯 。 26 你 要 用 皂 荚 木 做 闩 ： 为 帐 幕 这 面 的 板 做 五 闩 ， 27 为 帐 幕 那 面 的 板 做 五 闩 ， 又 为 帐 幕 后 面 的 板 做 五 闩 。 28 板 腰 间 的 中 闩 要 从 这 一 头 通 到 那 一 头 。 29 板 要 用 金 子 包 裹 ， 又 要 做 板 上 的 金 环 套 闩 ； 闩 也 要 用 金 子 包 裹 。 30 要 照 着 在 山 上 指 示 你 的 样 式 立 起 帐 幕 。 31 你 要 用 蓝 色 、 紫 色 、 朱 红 色 线 ， 和 撚 的 细 麻 织 幔 子 ， 以 巧 匠 的 手 工 绣 上 基 路 伯 。 32 要 把 幔 子 挂 在 四 根 包 金 的 皂 荚 木 柱 子 上 ， 柱 子 上 当 冇 金 钩 ， 柱 子 安 在 四 个 带 卯 的 银 座 上 。 33 要 使 幔 子 垂 在 钩 子 下 ， 把 法 柜 抬 进 幔 子 内 ； 这 幔 子 要 将 圣 所 和 至 圣 所 隔 幵 。 34 又 要 把 施 恩 座 安 在 至 圣 所 内 的 法 柜 上 ， 35 把 桌 子 安 在 幔 子 外 帐 幕 的 北 面 ； 把 灯 臺 安 在 帐 幕 的 南 面 ， 彼 此 相 对 。 36 你 要 拿 蓝 色 、 紫 色 、 朱 红 色 线 ， 和 撚 的 细 麻 ， 用 绣 花 的 手 工 织 帐 幕 的 门 簾 。 37 要 用 皂 荚 木 为 簾 子 做 五 根 柱 子 ， 用 金 子 包 裹 。 柱 子 上 当 冇 金 钩 ； 又 要 为 柱 子 用 铜 铸 造 五 个 带 卯 的 座 。
CUVS_Strongs(i)
  13 H168 罩棚 H3407 的幔子 H5736 所余 H753 长的 H2088 ，这边 H520 一肘 H520 ，那边一肘 H5628 ，要垂在 H4908 帐幕 H6654 的两旁 H3680 ，遮盖帐幕。
  14 H119 又要用染红的 H352 公羊 H5785 皮 H6213 做 H168 罩棚 H4372 的盖 H8476 ；再用海狗 H5785 皮 H4605 做一层罩棚上 H4372 的顶盖。
  15 H7848 你要用皂荚 H6086 木 H6213 做 H4908 帐幕 H5975 的竖 H7175 板。
  16 H7175 每块 H753 要长 H6235 十 H520 肘 H7341 ，宽 H520 一肘 H2677 半；
  17 H259 每 H7175 块 H8147 必有两 H3027 榫 H7947 H802 H269 相对 H4908 。帐幕 H7175 一切的板 H6213 都要这样做。
  18 H4908 帐幕 H5045 的南 H6285 面 H6213 要做 H7175 板 H6242 二十 H7175 块。
  19 H6242 在这二十块 H7175 板 H6213 底下要做 H705 四十个 H3701 带卯的银 H134 座 H8147 ，两 H134 卯 H259 接这 H7175 块板 H8147 上的两 H3027 榫 H8147 ，两 H134 卯 H259 接那 H7175 块板 H8147 上的两 H3027 榫。
  20 H4908 帐幕 H8145 第二 H6763 面 H6828 ，就是北 H6285 面 H7175 ，也要做板 H6242 二十块
  21 H3701 和带卯的银 H134 座 H705 四十个 H259 ；这 H7175 板 H8147 底下有两 H134 卯 H259 ，那 H7175 板 H8147 底下也有两 H134 卯。
  22 H4908 帐幕 H3411 的后面 H3220 ，就是西面 H6213 ，要做 H7175 板 H8337 六块。
  23 H4908 帐幕 H3411 后面 H4742 的拐角 H6213 要做 H7175 板 H8147 两块。
  24 H4295 板的下半截 H8382 要双的 H7218 ，上半截 H259 要整的，直顶到第一 H2885 个环子 H8147 ；两块 H8147 都要这样做两个 H4740 拐角。
  25 H8083 必有八块 H7175 板 H8337 H6240 和十六个 H3701 带卯的银 H134 座 H259 ；这 H7175 板 H8147 底下有两 H134 卯 H259 ，那 H7175 板 H8147 底下也有两 H134 卯。
  26 H7848 你要用皂荚 H6086 木 H6213 做 H1280 闩 H4908 ：为帐幕 H259 这 H6763 面 H7175 的板 H2568 做五闩，
  27 H4908 为帐幕 H8145 那 H6763 面 H7175 的板 H2568 做五 H1280 闩 H4908 ，又为帐幕 H6763 后面 H7175 的板 H2568 做五 H1280 闩。
  28 H7175 板 H8432 腰 H8484 间的中 H1280 闩 H7097 要从这一头 H1272 通到 H7097 那一头。
  29 H7175 板 H2091 要用金子 H6823 包裹 H6213 ，又要做 H2091 板上的金 H2885 环 H1280 套闩 H1280 ；闩 H2091 也要用金子 H6823 包裹。
  30 H2022 要照着在山上 H7200 指示 H4941 你的样式 H6965 立起 H4908 帐幕。
  31 H8504 你要用蓝色 H713 、紫色 H8144 H8438 、朱红色 H7806 线，和撚的 H8336 细麻 H6213 织 H6532 幔子 H2803 ，以巧匠的 H4639 手工 H6213 绣上 H3742 基路伯。
  32 H5414 要把幔子挂在 H702 四根 H6823 包 H2091 金 H7848 的皂荚木 H5982 柱子 H2091 上，柱子上当有金 H2053 钩 H702 ，柱子安在四个 H3701 带卯的银 H134 座上。
  33 H6532 要使幔子 H5414 垂在 H7165 钩子 H5715 下，把法 H727 柜 H935 抬进 H6532 幔子 H1004 内 H6532 ；这幔子 H6944 要将圣所 H6944 H6944 和至圣所 H914 隔开。
  34 H3727 又要把施恩座 H5414 安在 H6944 H6944 至圣所 H5715 内的法 H727 柜上，
  35 H7760 把 H7979 桌子 H5414 安在 H6532 幔子 H2351 外 H6828 帐幕的北 H6763 面 H4501 ；把灯臺 H4908 安在帐幕 H8486 的南 H6763 面 H5227 ，彼此相对。
  36 H8504 你要拿蓝色 H713 、紫色 H8438 H8144 、朱红色 H7806 线，和撚的 H8336 细麻 H7551 ，用绣花的 H4639 手工 H6213 织 H168 帐幕 H6607 的门 H4539 簾。
  37 H7848 要用皂荚 H4539 木为簾子 H6213 做 H2568 五根 H5982 柱子 H2091 ，用金子 H6823 包裹 H2091 。柱子上当有金 H2053 钩 H5178 ；又要为柱子用铜 H3332 铸造 H2568 五 H134 个带卯的座。
Esperanto(i) 13 Kaj po unu ulno cxiuflanke el la superflua longo de la tapisxoj superpendu super ambaux flankoj de la tabernaklo, por kovri gxin. 14 Kaj faru kovron por la tendo el rugxaj virsxafaj feloj kaj ankoraux kovron el antilopaj feloj supre. 15 Kaj faru starantajn tabulojn por la tabernaklo el akacia ligno. 16 Dek ulnoj estu la longo de cxiu tabulo, kaj unu ulno kaj duono la largxo de cxiu tabulo. 17 Du pivotoj estu cxe cxiu tabulo, algxustigitaj unu al la alia; tiel faru cxe cxiuj tabuloj de la tabernaklo. 18 Kaj faru la tabulojn por la tabernaklo:dudek tabuloj staru sur la flanko suda. 19 Kaj kvardek argxentajn bazojn faru sub la dudek tabuloj:du bazojn sub cxiu tabulo, por gxiaj du pivotoj. 20 Kaj sur la dua flanko de la tabernaklo, sur la flanko norda, estu dudek tabuloj, 21 kaj kvardek argxentaj bazoj por ili, po du bazoj sub cxiu tabulo. 22 Kaj sur la malantauxa flanko de la tabernaklo, okcidente, faru ses tabulojn. 23 Kaj du tabulojn faru en la anguloj de la tabernaklo sur la malantauxa flanko. 24 Ili estu kunigitaj malsupre kaj kunigitaj supre per unu ringo; tiel gxi estu kun ili ambaux; por ambaux anguloj ili estu. 25 Tiel estu ok tabuloj, kaj cxe ili dek ses argxentaj bazoj, po du bazoj sub cxiu tabulo. 26 Kaj faru riglilojn el akacia ligno, kvin por la tabuloj de unu flanko de la tabernaklo, 27 kaj kvin riglilojn por la tabuloj de la dua flanko de la tabernaklo, kaj kvin riglilojn por la tabuloj de la malantauxa flanko de la tabernaklo, okcidente. 28 Kaj la meza riglilo meze de la tabuloj sxovigxu de unu fino gxis la alia. 29 Kaj la tabulojn tegu per oro, kaj iliajn ringojn, ingojn por la rigliloj, faru el oro, kaj la riglilojn tegu per oro. 30 Starigu la tabernaklon laux gxia modelo, kiu estis montrita al vi sur la monto. 31 Kaj faru kurtenon el blua, purpura, kaj rugxa teksajxo, kaj el tordita bisino; artiste laboritaj keruboj estu faritaj sur gxi. 32 Kaj pendigu gxin sur kvar akaciaj kolonoj, tegitaj per oro kaj havantaj orajn hokojn kaj argxentajn bazojn. 33 Kaj pendigu la kurtenon sub la hokoj, kaj enportu tien internen de la kurteno la keston de atesto; kaj la kurteno faru por vi apartigon inter la sanktejo kaj la plejsanktejo. 34 Kaj metu la fermoplaton sur la keston de atesto en la plejsanktejo. 35 Kaj starigu la tablon ekster la kurteno, kaj la kandelabron kontraux la tablo, en la suda parto de la tabernaklo; la tablon starigu en la norda parto. 36 Kaj faru kovrotukon por la pordo de la tabernaklo, el blua, purpura, kaj rugxa teksajxo, kaj el tordita bisino, kun brodajxoj; 37 kaj faru por la kovrotuko kvin kolonojn el akacia ligno, kaj tegu ilin per oro, kaj iliaj hoketoj estu el oro; kaj fandu por ili kvin kuprajn bazojn.
Finnish(i) 13 Ja yksi kyynärä pitää oleman yhdellä ja yksi kyynärä toisella puolen, sen ylitse jääneen majan vaatteen pituudesta: sen pitää riippuman Tabernaklin sivuilla siellä ja täällä, sitä peittämässä. 14 Mutta tämän ensimäisen peitteen päälle sinun pitää tekemän toisen peitteen punaisista oinaan nahoista, ja vielä sitten ylimmäisen peitteen tekasjim-nahoista. 15 Sinun pitää myös tekemän Tabernaklin laudat sittimipuusta, pystyällä olemaan. 16 Jokaisen laudan pituus pitää oleman kymmenen kyynärää, vaan leveys puolitoista kyynärää. 17 Kaksi vaarnaa pitää jokaisessa laudassa oleman, niin että he taittaisiin yhdistettää toinen toiseensa. Näin pitää sinun tekemän kaikki Tabernaklin laudat. 18 Ja sinun pitää tekemän Tabernaklin laudat, niin että kaksikymmentä lautaa pitää oleman etelän puolella. 19 Ja neljäkymmentä hopiajalkaa pitää sinun tekemän kahdenkymmenen laudan alle, niin että jokaisen laudan alla pitää oleman kaksi jalkaa, kahden vaarnansa päällä. 20 Niin myös majan toisella sivulla pohjan puolella pitää oleman kaksikymmentä lautaa. 21 Ja neljäkymmentä hopiajalkaa: aina kaksi jalkaa kunkin laudan alla. 22 Mutta perällä Tabernaklia länteen päin pitää sinun tekemän kuusi lautaa. 23 Ja kaksi lautaa pitää sinun tekemän Tabernaklin perälle, niihin kahteen kulmaan. 24 Niin että kumpikin niistä taittaisiin yhdistettää silmuksella sekä alhaalta että ylhäältä: yhdellä tavalla pitää he molemmista kulmista yhdistettämän kulmakiskoilla, 25 Niin että yhteen olis kahdeksan lautaa, ja heidän hopiajalkansa kuusitoistakymmentä: aina kaksi jalkaa kunkin laudan alla. 26 Sinun pitää myös tekemän korennot sittimipuusta: viisi niihin lautoihin, jotka yhdellä Tabernaklin sivulla ovat; 27 Ja viisi korentoa niihin lautoihin, kuin toisella Tabernaklin sivulla ovat: ja viisi korentoa myös niihin lautoihin, jotka perällä Tabernaklia ovat, länteen päin. 28 Ja keskimäinen korento pitää keskeltä lautoja käymän yhdestä kulmasta niin toiseen. 29 Ja sinun pitää laudat kullalla silaaman, ja kullasta renkaat niihin tekemän, joihinka korennot pistetään, ja sinun pitää myös korennot kullalla silaaman. 30 Ja niin pitää sinun Tabernaklin pystyälle paneman, sen muodon jälkeen, kuin sinä näit vuorella. 31 Esiripun pitää myös sinun tekemän sinisistä, purpuraisista ja tulipunaisista villoista, niin myös kalliista kerratuista liinalangoista, ja tekemään Kerubimit sen päälle taitavasti. 32 Ja sinun pitää ripustaman sen neljän sittimipuisen, kullalla silatun patsaan päälle, ja niiden kultaiset koukut, neljän hopiajalan päälle. 33 Ja sinun pitää ripustaman esiripun koukuille, ja paneman todistusarkin sisälliselle puolen esirippua, niin että esirippu olis teille erotus pyhän ja kaikkein pyhimmän vaiheella. 34 Armo-istuimen pitää sinun myös paneman todistusarkin päälle, kaikkein pyhimpään. 35 Ja paneman pöydän ulkoiselle puolen esirippua, ja kynttiläjalan pöydän kohdalle, päivän puolelle Tabernaklia, niin että pöytä seisoo pohjaan päin. 36 Ja sinun pitää tekemän peittovaatteen Tabernaklin oveen, sinisistä, purpuraisista ja tulipunaisista villoista, niin myös kalliista kerratusta liinalangasta, taitavasti ommellun. 37 Tätä peittovaatetta varten pitää sinun tekemän viisi patsasta sittimipuusta ja ne kullalla silaaman, ja koukut pitää oleman kullasta: ja sinun pitää valaman niille viisi vaskista jalkaa.
FinnishPR(i) 13 Ja siitä, mikä telttakaistoissa on liikaa pituutta, riippukoon kyynärän verran asumuksen kummallakin sivulla sitä peittämässä. 14 Ja tee teltalle peite punaisista oinaannahoista ja sen päälle vielä toinen peite sireeninnahoista. 15 Asumuksen laudat tee akasiapuusta, pystyyn asetettaviksi. 16 Jokainen lauta olkoon kymmentä kyynärää pitkä ja puoltatoista kyynärää leveä. 17 Jokaisessa laudassa olkoon kaksi tappia, jotka ovat poikkilistalla yhdistetyt keskenään; tee näin kaikki asumuksen laudat. 18 Ja asumuksen lautoja tee kaksikymmentä lautaa eteläpuolta varten. 19 Ja tee neljäkymmentä hopeajalustaa kahdenkymmenen laudan alle, aina kaksi jalustaa kunkin laudan alle sen kahta tappia varten. 20 Samoin asumuksen toista sivua, pohjoispuolta, varten kaksikymmentä lautaa, 21 ja neljäkymmentä hopeajalustaa, aina kaksi jalustaa kunkin laudan alle. 22 Mutta asumuksen takasivua, länsipuolta, varten tee kuusi lautaa. 23 Ja tee kaksi lautaa asumuksen peränurkkia varten. 24 Ja ne olkoot yhteenliitettyjä kaksoislautoja ja alhaalta alkaen kiinni toisissaan ylös saakka, ensimmäiseen renkaaseen asti; näin tehtäköön ne molemmat ja asetettakoon kumpaankin nurkkaan. 25 Näin tulee olemaan yhteensä kahdeksan lautaa ja niihin kuusitoista hopeajalustaa, aina kaksi jalustaa kunkin laudan alla. 26 Tee myös viisi poikkitankoa akasiapuusta asumuksen toisen sivun lautoja varten, 27 ja viisi poikkitankoa asumuksen toisen sivun lautoja varten, ja viisi poikkitankoa asumuksen takasivun, länsipuolen, lautoja varten. 28 Ja keskimmäinen poikkitanko asetettakoon keskelle lautoja, ja kulkekoon se reunasta reunaan. 29 Ja päällystä laudat kullalla ja tee kullasta niiden renkaat poikkitankojen pitimiksi ja päällystä poikkitangot kullalla. 30 Ja aseta asumus pystyyn sen muotoiseksi, kuin sinulle vuorella näytettiin. 31 Tee vielä esirippu punasinisistä, purppuranpunaisista ja helakanpunaisista langoista ja kerratuista valkoisista pellavalangoista; ja tehtäköön siihen taidokkaasti kudottuja kerubeja. 32 Ja ripusta se neljään akasiapuiseen, kullalla päällystettyyn pylvääseen, joissa on kultakoukut ja jotka seisovat neljällä hopeajalustalla. 33 Ja ripusta esirippu hakasten alle ja vie sinne esiripun sisäpuolelle lain arkki. Ja niin olkoon esirippu teille väliseinänä pyhän ja kaikkeinpyhimmän välillä. 34 Ja aseta armoistuin lain arkin päälle, joka on kaikkeinpyhimmässä. 35 Mutta pöytä sijoita esiripun ulkopuolelle ja seitsenhaarainen lamppu vastapäätä pöytää, asumuksen eteläsivulle; aseta siis pöytä pohjoissivulle. 36 Tee myös teltan oveen uudin, kirjaellen kudottu punasinisistä, purppuranpunaisista ja helakanpunaisista langoista ja kerratuista valkoisista pellavalangoista. 37 Ja tee uudinta varten viisi pylvästä akasiapuusta ja päällystä ne kullalla, mutta niiden koukut olkoot kultaa; ja vala niille viisi vaskijalustaa."
Haitian(i) 13 Menm jan an tou, lèz ki sou kote yo pral gen yon pye edmi k'ap depase. Sa ki an plis la pral desann sou bò kay Bondye a pou kouvri l'. 14 W'a fè yon kouvèti ak po belye pou tant lan. W'a tenn li wouj. Apre sa, w'a fè yon lòt kouvèti ak po bazann pou kouvri tant Bondye a. 15 W'a pran bwa zakasya pou fè planch ankadreman pou soutni tant Bondye a. 16 Chak ankadreman va gen kenz pye longè sou vensèt pous lajè. 17 Yo chak va gen de bout depase ki va penmèt yo kole yonn ak lòt. 18 Lè w'ap fè ankadreman yo, w'a fè ven pou bò sid la. 19 W'a fè karant sipò an ajan pou ale anba ankadreman yo, de sipò anba chak ankadreman. Se ladan yo bout ki depase yo va chita. 20 Konsa tou, w'a fè ven ankadreman pou bò nò a 21 ak karant sipò an ajan, de pou chak ankadreman. 22 W'a fè sis ankadreman pou dèyè tant Bondye a, sou bò lwès la, 23 ak de ankadreman pou chak kwen ki sou dèyè tant Bondye a. 24 Ankadreman kwen yo va mare yonn ak lòt pa anba. y'a bout-a-bout depi anba jouk anwo kote gwo bag la. Se konsa w'a moute de ankadreman k'ap fè kwen yo. 25 Konsa, va gen wit ankadreman avèk sèz sipò an ajan, de sipò anba chak ankadreman. 26 W'a fè travès ak bwa zakasya, senk pou ankadreman sou bò sid tant Bondye a, 27 senk pou ankadreman sou bò nò a, senk pou ankadreman ki sou bò lwès la, pa dèyè. 28 Travès mitan an, k'ap pase nan ren ankadreman yo, va soti nan yon bout pou ale nan yon lòt bout. 29 W'a kouvri tout kò ankadreman yo ak lò. W'a moute gwo bag an lò sou yo pou kenbe travès yo. W'a kouvri travès yo ak lò tou. 30 W'a fè tant lan dapre modèl mwen te moutre ou sou mòn lan. 31 W'a fè yon rido ak bon twal koulè ble, violèt ak wouj ansanm ak twal fen blan tise byen sere. y'a bwode bèl pòtre zanj cheriben byen fèt sou tout rido a. 32 W'a pann rido a sou kat poto an bwa zakasya. Poto yo va kouvri ak lò. y'a gen kwòk an lò moute sou yo. y'a chita sou kat sipò an ajan. 33 Mete rido a anba kwòk ki nan twati tant lan. W'a mete Bwat Kontra a dèyè rido a. Rido a va separe kote ki apa apa nèt pou Bondye sèlman an ak rès tant Bondye a. 34 W'a mete kouvèti a sou Bwat Kontra ki nan kote ki apa apa nèt pou Bondye a. 35 W'a mete tab la pa deyò rido a. Mete gwo lanp sèt branch lan sou bò sid tant lan, an fas tab la. Tab la menm va sou bò nò a. 36 Konsa tou, w'a fè yon rido an bon twal ble, violèt ak wouj ansanm ak twal fen blan tise byen sere. Rido a va sèvi pou fèmen kote yo pase pou antre nan tant lan. y'a fè bèl bodri sou tout rido a. 37 Pou kenbe rido a, w'a fè senk poto an bwa zakasya, w'a kouvri yo ak lò, w'a moute ti kwòk an lò sou yo. y'a chita sou senk sipò an kwiv.
Hungarian(i) 13 Egy singnyi pedig egyfelõl, és egy singnyi másfelõl, abból, a mi a sátor kárpitjainak hosszában fölösleges, bocsáttassék alá a hajlék oldalain egyfelõl is, másfelõl is, hogy befedje azt. 14 Csinálj a sátornak takarót is veresre festett kosbõrökbõl, és e fölé is egy takarót borzbõrökbõl. 15 Csinálj a hajlékhoz deszkákat is sittim-fából, felállogatva. 16 A deszka hossza tíz sing legyen; egy-egy deszka szélessége pedig másfél sing. 17 Egy-egy deszkának két csapja legyen, egyik a másiknak megfelelõ; így csináld a hajlék minden deszkáját. 18 A deszkákat pedig így csináld a hajlékhoz: húsz deszkát a déli oldalra, délfelé. 19 A húsz deszka alá pedig negyven ezüst talpat csinálj, két talpat egy-egy deszka alá, annak két csapjához képest; megint két talpat egy-egy deszka alá, a két csapjához képest. 20 A hajlék másik oldalául is, észak felõl húsz deszkát. 21 És azokhoz is negyven ezüst talpat; két talpat egy deszka alá, megint két talpat egy deszka alá. 22 A hajlék nyugoti oldalául pedig csinálj hat deszkát. 23 A hajlék szegleteiül is csinálj két deszkát a két oldalon. 24 Kettõsen legyenek alólról kezdve, felül pedig együtt legyenek egy karikába foglalva; ilyen legyen mindkettõ; a két szeglet számára legyenek. 25 Legyen azért nyolcz deszka, és azokhoz tizenhat ezüst talp; két talp egy deszka alatt, megint két talp egy deszka alatt. 26 Csinálj reteszrúdakat is sittim-fából; ötöt a hajlék egyik oldalának deszkáihoz. 27 És öt reteszrúdat a hajlék másik oldalának deszkáihoz; és a hajlék nyugoti oldalának deszkáihoz is öt reteszrúdat hátulról. 28 A középsõ reteszrúd pedig a deszkák közepén az egyik végtõl a másik végig érjen. 29 A deszkákat pedig borítsd meg aranynyal, és karikákat is aranyból csinálj azokhoz a reteszrúdak tartói gyanánt; a reteszrúdakat is megborítsd aranynyal. 30 A hajlékot pedig azon a módon állítsd fel, a mint néked a hegyen mutattatott. 31 És csinálj függönyt, kék, és bíborpiros, és karmazsinszínû, és sodrott lenbõl; Kérubokkal, mestermunkával készítsék azt. 32 És tedd azt sittim-fából való, aranynyal borított négy oszlopra, a melyeknek horgai aranyból legyenek, négy ezüst talpon. 33 És tedd a függönyt a horgok alá, és vidd oda a függöny mögé a bizonyság ládáját és az a függöny válaszsza el néktek a szent helyet a szentek szentjétõl. 34 Azután tedd rá a fedelet a bizonyság ládájára a szentek szentjébe. 35 Az asztalt pedig helyezd a függönyön kívül, és a gyertyatartót az asztal ellenébe, a hajlék déli oldalába; az asztalt pedig tedd az északi oldalba. 36 És csinálj leplet a sátor nyilására is, kék, és bíborpiros, és karmazsinszínû, és sodrott lenbõl, hímzõmunkával. 37 A lepelhez pedig csinálj öt oszlopot sittim-fából, és borítsd meg azokat aranynyal; azoknak horgai aranyból [legyenek], és önts azokhoz öt réztalpat.
Indonesian(i) 13 Kelebihan kain selebar lima puluh sentimeter sepanjang Kemah harus dibiarkan menutupi sisi Kemah itu. 14 Buatlah dua tutup untuk bagian luar Kemah, satu dari kulit domba jantan yang diwarnai merah dan satu lagi dari kulit halus. 15 Buatlah rangka-rangka Kemah yang tegak lurus dari kayu akasia. 16 Setiap rangka tingginya empat meter dan lebarnya 66 sentimeter. 17 Pada setiap rangka ada dua patok yang sepasang, sehingga rangka-rangka itu dapat disambung satu dengan yang lain. 18 Untuk bagian selatan Kemah, buatlah dua puluh rangka, 19 dengan empat puluh alasnya dari perak, dua di bawah setiap rangka untuk kedua patoknya. 20 Untuk bagian utara Kemah, buatlah dua puluh rangka 21 dengan empat puluh alasnya dari perak, dua di bawah setiap rangka. 22 Untuk bagian belakang Kemah sebelah barat, buatlah enam rangka 23 dan dua rangka untuk sudut-sudutnya. 24 Rangka-rangka sudut itu harus dihubungkan pada bagian kakinya, terus sampai di bagian atasnya. Kedua rangka yang membentuk sudutnya harus dibuat dengan cara itu. 25 Jadi semuanya ada delapan rangka dengan enam belas alas perak, dua di bawah setiap rangka. 26 Buatlah lima belas kayu lintang dari kayu akasia, lima untuk rangka-rangka pada satu sisi Kemah, 27 lima untuk sisi yang lain, dan lima lagi untuk sisi Kemah bagian belakang sebelah barat. 28 Kayu lintang yang tengah harus dipasang setinggi setengah rangka, dari ujung ke ujung Kemah itu. 29 Rangka Kemah dan kayu-kayu lintang itu harus dilapisi dengan emas. Gelang-gelang untuk menahan kayu-kayu itu harus dibuat dari emas. 30 Dirikanlah Kemah itu menurut rencana yang Kutunjukkan kepadamu di atas gunung ini. 31 Buatlah sebuah kain pintu dari linen halus yang ditenun dengan wol biru, ungu dan merah. Sulamlah kain itu dengan gambar kerub. 32 Gantungkan kain pintu itu pada empat tiang kayu akasia yang berlapis emas dengan kait emas dan dipasang atas empat alas perak. 33 Tempatkan kain itu di bawah deretan kait pada atap Kemah. Di belakang kain itu harus diletakkan Peti Perjanjian yang berisi kedua batu itu. Kain itu memisahkan Ruang Suci dari Ruang Mahasuci. 34 Letakkan tutup Peti Perjanjian di atas petinya. 35 Meja persembahan harus ditempatkan di luar Ruang Mahasuci di bagian utara, dan kaki lampu di bagian selatan dalam Kemah itu. 36 Buatlah tirai untuk pintu Kemah dari kain linen halus yang ditenun dengan wol biru, ungu dan merah, dihias dengan sulaman. 37 Untuk tirai itu harus dibuat lima tiang dari kayu akasia yang dilapisi dengan emas dan dihubungkan dengan lima kait emas. Buatlah lima buah alas dari perunggu untuk tiang-tiang itu."
Italian(i) 13 E il cubito di qua, e il cubito di là, che sarà di soverchio nella lunghezza de’ teli della Tenda, soprabbondi ne’ lati del Tabernacolo, di qua e di là, per coprirlo. 14 Fa’ ancora alla Tenda una coverta di pelli di montone, tinte in rosso; e un’altra coverta di pelli di tasso, disopra. 15 Fa’, oltre a ciò, delle assi per lo Tabernacolo; falle di legno di Sittim, per metterle ritte. 16 Sia la lunghezza di ciascuna asse di dieci cubiti, e la larghezza di un cubito e mezzo. 17 Abbia ciascuna asse due cardini da incastrare un pezzo nell’altro; fa’ così a tutte le assi del Tabernacolo. 18 Fa’ adunque le assi per lo Tabernacolo; venti assi dal lato Australe, verso il Mezzodì. 19 E fa’ quaranta piedistalli di argento per metter sotto quelle venti assi; due piedistalli sotto ciascuna asse, per li suoi due cardini. 20 E venti assi per l’altro lato del Tabernacolo, verso Aquilone; 21 co’ lor quaranta piedistalli di argento, due piedistalli sotto ciascuna asse. 22 E per lo fondo del Tabernacolo, verso Occidente, fa’ sei assi. 23 Fa’ ancora due assi per li cantoni del Tabernacolo, nel fondo. 24 E sieno quelle a due facce fin da basso; e tutte sieno ben commesse insieme al capo di queste assi con un anello; sieno quelle due assi, che saranno per li due cantoni, fatte di una medesima maniera. 25 Sienvi adunque otto assi, co’ lor piedistalli di argento, in numero di sedici piedistalli; due piedistalli sotto ciascuna asse. 26 Fai ancora cinque sbarre di legno di Sittim, per le assi dell’uno de’ lati del Tabernacolo. 27 Parimente cinque sbarre per le assi dell’altro lato del Tabernacolo; e cinque sbarre per le assi del lato del fondo del Tabernacolo, verso Occidente. 28 E la sbarra di mezzo sia nel mezzo delle assi, e traversi da un capo all’altro. 29 E copri d’oro le assi, e fa’ d’oro i loro anelli, da mettervi dentro le sbarre; copri ancora d’oro le sbarre. 30 Poi rizza il Tabernacolo secondo il modello di esso, che ti è stato mostrato nel monte. 31 Fa’ ancora una Cortina di violato, e di porpora, e di scarlatto, e di fin lino ritorto; facciasi di lavoro di disegno a Cherubini. 32 E appendila a quattro colonne di legno di Sittim, coperte d’oro, co’ lor capitelli d’oro; e quelle sieno poste sopra quattro piedistalli di argento. 33 E metti la Cortina sotto i graffi; e porta là, dentro della Cortina, l’Arca della Testimonianza; e facciavi quella Cortina separazione fra il luogo Santo e il Santissimo. 34 E metti il Coperchio sopra l’Arca della Testimonianza, nel luogo Santissimo. 35 E metti la Tavola di fuori della Cortina, dal lato Settentrionale; e il Candelliere, dirimpetto alla Tavola, dal lato Australe del Tabernacolo. 36 Fa’ eziandio, per l’entrata del Tabernacolo, un tappeto di violato, e di porpora, e di scarlatto, e di fin lino ritorto, di lavoro di ricamatore. 37 E fai cinque colonne di legno di Sittim, per appendervi quel tappeto, e copri le colonne d’oro, e sieno i lor capitelli d’oro; e fondi loro cinque piedistalli di rame.
ItalianRiveduta(i) 13 e il cubito da una parte e il cubito dall’altra parte che saranno di soprappiù nella lunghezza dei teli della tenda, ricadranno sui due iati del tabernacolo, di qua e di là, per coprirlo. 14 Farai pure per la tenda una coperta di pelli di montone tinte di rosso, e sopra questa un’altra coperta di pelli di delfino. 15 Farai per il tabernacolo delle assi di legno d’acacia, messe per ritto. 16 La lunghezza d’un’asse sarà di dieci cubiti, e la larghezza d’un’asse, di un cubito e mezzo. 17 Ogni asse avrà due incastri paralleli; farai così per tutte le assi del tabernacolo. 18 Farai dunque le assi per il tabernacolo: venti assi dal lato meridionale, verso il sud. 19 Metterai quaranta basi d’argento sotto le venti assi: due basi sotto ciascun’asse per i suoi due incastri. 20 E farai venti assi per il secondo lato dei tabernacolo, il lato di nord, 21 e le oro quaranta basi d’argento: due basi sotto ciascun’asse. 22 E per la parte posteriore del tabernacolo, verso occidente, farai sei assi. 23 Farai pure due assi per gli angoli del tabernacolo, dalla parte posteriore. 24 Queste saranno doppie dal basso in su, e al tempo stesso formeranno un tutto fino in cima, fino al primo anello. Così sarà per ambedue le assi, che saranno ai due angoli. 25 Vi saranno dunque otto assi, con le loro basi d’argento: sedici basi: due basi sotto ciascun’asse. 26 Farai anche delle traverse di legno d’acacia: cinque, per le assi di un lato del tabernacolo; 27 cinque traverse per le assi dell’altro lato del tabernacolo, e cinque traverse per le assi della parte posteriore del tabernacolo, a occidente. 28 La traversa di mezzo, in mezzo alle assi, passera da una parte all’altra. 29 E rivestirai d’oro le assi, e farai d’oro i loro anelli per i quali passeranno le traverse, e rivestirai d’oro le traverse. 30 Erigerai il tabernacolo secondo la forma esatta che te n’è stata mostrata sul monte. 31 Farai un velo di filo violaceo, porporino, scarlatto, e di lino fino ritorto con de’ cherubini artisticamente lavorati, 32 e lo sospenderai a quattro colonne di acacia, rivestite d’oro, che avranno i chiodi d’oro e poseranno su basi d’argento. 33 Metterai il velo sotto i fermagli; e quivi, al di là del velo, introdurrai l’arca della testimonianza; quel velo sarà per voi la separazione del luogo santo dal santissimo. 34 E metterai il propiziatorio sull’arca della testimonianza nel luogo santissimo. 35 E metterai la tavola fuori del velo, e il candelabro dirimpetto alla tavola dal lato meridionale del tabernacolo; e metterai la tavola dal lato di settentrione. 36 Farai pure per l’ingresso della tenda una portiera di filo violaceo, porporino, scarlatto, e di lino fino ritorto, in lavoro di ricamo. 37 E farai cinque colonne di acacia per sospendervi la portiera; le rivestirai d’oro, e avranno i chiodi d’oro e tu fonderai per esse cinque basi di rame.
Korean(i) 13 막 곧 앙장의 길이의 남은 것은 이편에 한 규빗,저편에 한 규빗씩 성막 좌우 양편에 덮어 드리우고 14 붉은 물 들인 수양의 가죽으로 막의 덮개를 만들고, 해달의 가죽으로 그 웃덮개를 만들지니라 ! 15 너는 조각목으로 성막을 위하여 널판을 만들어 세우되 16 각 판의 장은 십 규빗,광은 일 규빗 반으로 하고 17 각 판에 두 촉씩 내어 서로 연하게 하되 너는 성막 널판을 다 그와 같이 하라 18 너는 성막을 위하여 널판을 만들되, 남편을 위하여 널판 스물을 만들고 19 스무 널판 아래 은받침 마흔을 만들지니 이 널판 아래에도 그 두촉을 위하여 두 받침을 만들고 저 널판 아래에도 그 두 촉을 위하여 두 받침을 만들지라 20 성막 다른 편 곧 그 북편을 위하여도 널판 스물로 하고 21 은받침 마흔을 이 널판 아래에도 두 받침,저 널판 아래에도 두 받침으로 하며 22 성막 뒤 곧 그 서편을 위하여는 널판 여섯을 만들고 23 성막 뒤 두 모퉁이 편을 위하여는 널판 둘을 만들되 24 아래에서부터 위까지 각기 두겹 두께로 하여 윗고리에 이르게 하고 두 모퉁이 편을 다 그리하며 25 그 여덟 널판에는 은받침이 열 여섯이니 이 판 아래에도 두 받침이요, 저 판 아래에도 두 받침이니라 26 너는 조각목으로 띠를 만들지니 성막 이편 널판을 위하여 다섯이요 27 성막 저편 널판을 위하여 다섯이요, 성막 뒤 곧 서편 널판을 위하여 다섯이요, 28 널판 가운데 있는 중간 띠는 이 끝에서 저 끝에 미치게 하고 29 그 널판들을 금으로 싸고 그 널판들의 띠를 꿸 금고리를 만들고 그 띠를 금으로 싸라 30 너는 산에서 보인 식양대로 성막을 세울지니라 ! 31 너는 청색 자색 홍색실과 가늘게 꼰 베실로 짜서 장을 만들고 그 위에 그룹들을 공교히 수 놓아서 32 금 갈고리로 네 기둥 위에 드리우되 그 네 기둥을 조각목으로 만들고 금으로 싸서 네 은받침 위에 둘지며 33 그 장을 갈고리 아래 드리운 후에 증거궤를 그 장안에 들여 놓으라 그 장이 너희를 위하여 성소와 지성소를 구별하리라 34 너는 지성소에 있는 증거궤 위에 속죄소를 두고 35 그 장 바깥 북편에 상을 놓고 남편에 등대를 놓아 상과 대하게 할지며 36 청색, 자색, 홍색실과, 가늘게 꼰 베실로 수 놓아 짜서 성막 문을 위하여 장을 만들고 37 그 문장을 위하여 기둥 다섯을 조각목으로 만들어 금으로 싸고 그 갈고리도 금으로 만들찌며 또 그 기둥을 위하여 받침 다섯을 놋으로 부어 만들지니라 !
Lithuanian(i) 13 Tai, kas liks nuo palapinės uždengimo, po uolektį uždangalo iš abiejų pusių, tedengia palapinės šonus. 14 Palapinei pridengti padirbsi dar vieną uždangalą iš raudonai dažytų avinų kailių ir virš tos­iš mėlynai dažytų opšrų kailių. 15 Padirbdinsi palapinei lentų iš akacijos medžio, kurias reikės pastatyti stačias. 16 Kiekvienos iš jų ilgis bus dešimt uolekčių, o plotis­pusantros uolekties. 17 Lentos turi turėti šonuose po du išsikišimus, kuriais viena su kita bus sukabinamos; taip padarysi visas lentas. 18 Dvidešimt lentų padarysi palapinės pietiniam šonui. 19 Nuliesi keturiasdešimt sidabrinių pakojų dvidešimčiai lentų, kad po kiekvienos lentos kampu būtų pakištas pakojis. 20 Taip pat kitam palapinės šonui, kuris atgręžtas į šiaurę, padarysi dvidešimt lentų 21 ir keturiasdešimt sidabrinių pakojų padėti po du kiekvienos lentos apačioje. 22 O palapinės šonui, atgręžtam į vakarus, padirbdinsi šešias lentas 23 ir dvi lentas padarysi palapinės kampams iš abiejų pusių. 24 Jos turi būti sujungtos apačioje ir viršuje, kad sudarytų vieną sunėrimą. Taip padarysi abiejuose kampuose. 25 Iš viso bus aštuonios lentos, o jų sidabrinių pakojų­šešiolika, po du pakojus kiekvienai lentai. 26 Iš akacijos medžio padirbsi užkaiščius. Penkis vienos palapinės pusės lentoms 27 ir penkis kitos palapinės pusės lentoms, taip pat penkis palapinės galui vakarų pusėje. 28 Padarysi vidinį užkaištį, kad eitų per lentas nuo vieno galo iki kito. 29 Pačias lentas aptrauksi auksu; nuliesi auksines grandis užkaiščiams ir užkaiščius aptrauksi auksu. 30 Pastatysi palapinę pagal pavyzdį, kuris tau buvo parodytas kalne. 31 Padarysi uždangą iš mėlynų, raudonų ir violetinių siūlų ir plonos suktų siūlų drobės ir ant jos išsiuvinėsi cherubus. 32 Ją pakabinsi ant keturių akacijos medžio stulpų, aptrauktų auksu, jiems padirbdinsi auksinius kablius bei sidabrinius pakojus. 33 Uždangą prikabinsi kabėmis. Už uždangos pastatysi Liudijimo skrynią. Ta uždanga skirs šventąją dalį nuo Švenčiausiosios. 34 Uždėsi dangtį ant Liudijimo skrynios Švenčiausiojoje. 35 Stalą pastatysi šiapus uždangos, o žvakidę­priešais stalą pietiniame palapinės šone. 36 Padirbdinsi palapinės įėjimui užuolaidą iš mėlynų, violetinių ir raudonų siūlų ir plonos suktų siūlų drobės, visą išsiuvinėtą. 37 Aptrauksi auksu penkis akacijos medžio stulpus, ant kurių bus kabinama užuolaida; stulpų kabliai bus auksiniai, o pakojai­variniai”.
PBG(i) 13 A łokieć z jednej, i łokieć z drugiej strony, który zbywa z długości opon namiotu, będzie wisiał po stronach przybytku, tam i sam, żeby go okrywał. 14 Uczynisz też przykrycie na namiot z skór baranich czerwono farbowanych, i przykrycie z skór borsukowych na wierzch. 15 Naczynisz też do przybytku desek z drzewa sytym prosto stojących. 16 Dziesięć łokci długość deski, a półtora łokcia szerokość deski jednej. 17 Dwa czopy deska jedna mieć będzie, na kształt stopniów wschodowych sporządzone, jeden przeciw drugiemu; tak uczynisz u wszystkich desek przybytku. 18 Uczynisz też deski do przybytku, dwadzieścia desek ku stronie południowej, ku wiatrowi południowemu. 19 Czterdzieści zaś podstawków urobisz srebrnych pod tych dwadzieścia desek; dwa podstawki pod jednę deskę do dwu czopów jej, także dwa podstawki do deski drugiej do dwu czopów jej. 20 Na drugim zaś boku przybytku ku stronie północnej, dwadzieścia desek. 21 A czterdzieści podstawków ich srebrnych; dwa podstawki pod jednę deskę, i dwa podstawki pod drugą deskę. 22 Ale na stronie przybytku ku zachodowi uczynisz sześć desek. 23 A dwie deski uczynisz w kąciech przybytku w obydwu stronach. 24 Które będą spojone od spodku, także społu spojone będą z wierzchu do jednego kolca; tak będzie przy tych obu, które we dwu kąciech będą. 25 A tak będzie osiem desek, a podstawki ich srebrne; szesnaście podstawków, dwa podstawki pod deską jedną, a dwa podstawki pod deską drugą. 26 Uczynisz też drągi z drzewa sytym; pięć ich będzie do desek jednej strony przybytku. 27 Pięć także drągów do desek przybytku na drugą stronę; pięć też drągów do desek przybytku przestawających do obu węgłów na zachód słońca. 28 Ale drąg pośredni w pośrodku desek przewleczony będzie od jednego końca do drugiego. 29 One też deski powleczesz złotem, a poczynisz do nich kolce złote, przez które mają być przewleczone drągi; powleczesz też i drągi złotem. 30 Wystawisz tedy przybytek na ten kształt, któryć ukazano na górze. 31 Uczynisz też zasłonę z hijacyntu, i z szarłatu, i z karmazynu dwa kroć farbowanego, i z białego jedwabiu kręconego; robotą haftarską uczynisz ją z Cherubiny. 32 I zawiesisz ją na czterech słupach z drzewa sytym powleczonych złotem, (których też haki złote) na czterech podstawkach srebrnych. 33 A zawiesisz zasłonę na haczykach, i wniesiesz za zasłonę skrzynię świadectwa, a dzielić wam będzie ta zasłona świątnicę od świątnicy najświętszej. 34 Położysz też ubłagalnię na skrzyni świadectwa w świątnicy najświętszej. 35 A postawisz stół przed zasłoną, a świecznik przeciw stołowi przy stronie przybytku na południe, a stół postawisz przy stronie północnej. 36 Uczynisz też zasłonę do drzwi przybytku z hijacyntu, i z szarłatu, i z karmazynu dwa kroć farbowanego, i z jedwabiu białego kręconego, robotą haftarską. 37 A uczynisz do tej zasłony pięć słupów z drzewa sytym, które powleczesz złotem; haki ich będą złote, a ulejesz do nich pięć podstawków miedzianych.
Portuguese(i) 13 E o côvado que sobejar de um lado e de outro no comprimento das cortinas da tenda, penderá de um e de outro lado do tabernáculo, para cobri-lo. 14 Farás também para a tenda uma coberta de peles de carneiros, tintas de vermelho, e por cima desta uma coberta de peles de golfinhos. 15 Farás também as tábuas para o tabernáculo de madeira de acácia, as quais serão colocadas verticalmente. 16 O comprimento de cada tábua será de dez côvados, e a sua largura de um côvado e meio. 17 Duas couceiras terá cada tábua, unidas uma à outra por travessas; assim farás com todas as tábuas do tabernáculo. 18 Ao fazeres as tábuas para o tabernáculo, farás vinte delas para o lado meridional. 19 Farás também quarenta bases de prata debaixo das vinte tábuas; duas bases debaixo de uma tábua, para as suas duas couceiras, e duas bases debaixo de outra, para as duas couceiras dela. 20 Também para o outro lado do tabernáculo, o que dá para o norte, farás vinte tábuas, 21 com as suas quarenta bases de prata; duas bases debaixo de uma tábua e duas debaixo de outra. 22 E para o lado posterior do tabernáculo, o que dá para o ocidente, farás seis tábuas. 23 Farás também duas tábuas para os cantos do tabernáculo no lado posterior. 24 Por baixo serão duplas, do mesmo modo se estendendo inteiras até a primeira argola em cima; assim se fará com as duas tábuas; elas serão para os dois cantos. 25 Haverá oito tábuas com as suas dezasseis bases de prata: duas bases debaixo de uma tábua e duas debaixo de outra. 26 Farás também travessões de madeira de acácia; cinco para as tábuas de um lado do tabernáculo, 27 e cinco para as tábuas do outro lado do tabernáculo, bem como o azeite para a luz, especiarias para o óleo da unção e para o para o ocidente. 28 O travessão central passará ao meio das tábuas, de uma extremidade à outra. 29 E cobrirás de ouro as tábuas, e de ouro farás as suas argolas, como lugares para os travessões; também os travessões cobrirás de ouro. 30 Então levantarás o tabernáculo conforme o modelo que te foi mostrado no monte. 31 Farás também um véu de azul, púrpura, carmesim, e linho fino torcido; com querubins, obra de artífice, se fará; 32 e o suspenderás sobre quatro colunas de madeira de acácia, cobertas de ouro; seus colchetes serão de ouro, sobre quatro bases de prata. 33 Pendurarás o véu debaixo dos colchetes, e levarás para dentro do véu a arca do testemunho; este véu vos fará separação entre o lugar santo e o santo dos santos. 34 Porás o propiciatório sobre a arca do testemunho no santo dos santos; 35 colocarás a mesa fora do véu, e o candelabro defronte da mesa, para o lado sul do tabernáculo; e porás a mesa para o lado norte. 36 Farás também para a porta da tenda um reposteiro de azul, púrpura, carmesim: e linho fino torcido, obra de bordador. 37 E para o reposteiro farás cinco colunas de madeira de acácia, cobrindo-as de ouro (os seus colchetes também serão de ouro), e para elas fundirás cinco bases de bronze.
Norwegian(i) 13 Og den alen på hver av sidene som dekketeppene er for lange, skal henge ned på begge sider av tabernaklet for å dekke det. 14 Over dekket skal du gjøre et varetak av rødfarvede værskinn og ovenpå det et varetak av takasskinn. 15 Plankene til tabernaklet skal du gjøre av akasietre; de skal reises på ende. 16 Hver planke skal være ti alen lang og halvannen alen bred. 17 På hver planke skal det være to tapper, med en tverrlist imellem; således skal du gjøre med alle plankene til tabernaklet. 18 Og av plankene som du gjør til tabernaklet, skal du reise tyve planker på den side som vender mot syd; 19 og firti fotstykker av sølv skal du gjøre til å sette under de tyve planker, to fotstykker under hver planke til å feste begge tappene i. 20 Likeså skal du til tabernaklets andre side, den som vender mot nord, gjøre tyve planker, 21 og til dem firti fotstykker av sølv, to fotstykker under hver planke. 22 Til baksiden av tabernaklet, mot vest, skal du gjøre seks planker. 23 Og to planker skal du gjøre til tabernaklets hjørner på baksiden; 24 de skal være dobbelte nedenfra og likeledes begge være dobbelte helt op, til den første ring; således skal det være med dem begge; de skal stå i hver sitt hjørne. 25 Således blir det åtte planker med sine fotstykker av sølv - seksten fotstykker, to under hver planke. 26 Så skal du gjøre tverrstenger av akasietre, fem til plankene på den ene side av tabernaklet, 27 og fem til plankene på den andre side, og fem til plankene på baksiden av tabernaklet, mot vest. 28 Og den mellemste tverrstang, den som er midt på plankeveggen, skal gå tvert over, fra den ene ende til den andre. 29 Plankene skal du klæ med gull, og ringene på dem, som tverrstengene skal stikkes i, skal du gjøre helt av gull; tverrstengene skal du også klæ med gull. 30 Du skal reise tabernaklet på den rette måte, således som det blev vist dig på fjellet. 31 Så skal du gjøre et forheng av blå og purpurrød og karmosinrød ull og fint, tvunnet lingarn; det skal gjøres i kunstvevning med kjeruber på. 32 Og du skal henge det på fire gullklædde stolper av akasietre som det er gullhaker på, og som står på fire fotstykker av sølv. 33 Og du skal henge forhenget under krokene* og føre vidnesbyrdets ark dit og sette den innenfor forhenget; og forhenget skal være for eder en skillevegg mellem det Hellige og det Aller-helligste. / {* 2MO 26, 6.} 34 Og du skal sette nådestolen ovenpå vidnesbyrdets ark i det Aller-helligste. 35 Du skal sette bordet utenfor forhenget, og lysestaken midt imot bordet ved den søndre side av tabernaklet; bordet skal du sette ved den nordre side. 36 Til teltdøren skal du gjøre et teppe av blå og purpurrød og karmosinrød ull og fint, tvunnet lingarn med utsydd arbeid. 37 Og du skal gjøre fem stolper av akasietre til teppet og klæ dem med gull; hakene på dem skal være av gull, og du skal støpe fem fotstykker av kobber til dem.
Romanian(i) 13 iar ce mai trece din lungimea celorlalte covoare ale acoperişului cortului, să cadă cîte un cot deoparte, şi un cot de cealaltă parte, peste cele două laturi ale cortului, aşa încît să le acopere. 14 Să mai faci apoi pentru acoperişul cortului o învelitoare de piei de berbeci văpsite în roş, şi peste ea o învelitoare de piei de viţel de mare. 15 Apoi să faci nişte scînduri pentru cort; scîndurile acestea să fie de lemn de salcîm, puse în picioare. 16 Lungimea fiecărei scînduri să fie de zece coţi, şi lăţimea fiecărei scînduri să fie de un cot şi jumătate. 17 Fiecare scîndură să aibă două urechi unite una cu alta; aşa să faci la toate scîndurile cortului. 18 Să faci douăzeci de scînduri pentru cort, înspre laturea de miazăzi. 19 Supt cele douăzeci de scînduri, să pui patruzeci de picioare de argint, cîte două picioare subt fiecare scîndură pentru cele două urechi ale ei. 20 Pentru a doua lature a cortului, latura de miază noapte, de asemenea să faci douăzeci de scînduri, 21 împreună cu cele patruzeci de picioare de argint ale lor: cîte două picioare subt fiecare scîndură. 22 Pentru fundul cortului, înspre laturea de apus, să faci şase scînduri. 23 Să mai faci două scînduri pentru unghiurile din fundul cortului; 24 să fie cîte două la un loc, începînd de jos, şi bine legate la vîrf cu un cerc; amîndouă aceste scînduri, cari sînt puse în cele două unghiuri, să fie la fel. 25 Vor fi astfel opt scînduri, cu picioarele lor de argint, adică şaisprezece picioare, cîte două picioare subt fiecare scîndură. 26 Să faci apoi cinci drugi de lemn de salcîm pentru scîndurile uneia din părţile cortului, 27 cinci drugi pentru scîndurile din a doua parte a cortului, şi cinci drugi pentru scîndurile din partea din fundul cortului din spre apus. 28 Drugul dela mijloc să ajungă dela un capăt la celalt al scîndurilor. 29 Să poleieşti scîndurile cu aur, şi verigile în cari vor intra drugii, să le faci de aur, iar drugii să -i poleieşti tot cu aur. 30 Cortul să -l faci după chipul care ţi s'a arătat pe munte. 31 Să faci apoi o perdea albastră, purpurie şi cărmizie, şi de in subţire răsucit; să fie lucrată cu măiestrie, şi să aibă pe ea heruvimi. 32 S'o prinzi de patru stîlpi de salcîm, poleiţi cu aur; stîlpii aceştia să aibă nişte cîrlige de aur, şi să stea pe patru picioare de argint. 33 Să atîrni perdeaua de copci, şi în dosul perdelei să vîri chivotul mărturiei: perdeaua să facă despărţirea între Locul sfînt şi Locul prea sfînt. 34 Să pui capacul ispăşirii pe chivotul mărturiei, în Locul prea sfînt. 35 Masa s'o pui dincoace de perdea, şi sfeşnicul în faţa mesei, în partea dinspre miazăzi a cortului; iar masa s'o pui înspre partea de miază noapte. 36 La intrarea cortului să mai faci o perdea albastră, purpurie şi cărmizie, şi de in subţire răsucit; aceasta să fie o lucrare de cusătură la gherghef. 37 Pentru perdeaua aceasta să faci cinci stîlpi de salcîm şi să -i îmbraci cu aur; stîlpii aceştia să aibă cîrlige de aur, şi să torni pentru ei cinci picioare de aramă.
Ukrainian(i) 13 І лікоть із цього, і лікоть із того боку в залишку в довжині наметового покривала буде звішений на боки скинії з цього й з того боку на покриття її. 14 І зробиш накриття для скинії, баранячі начервоно пофарбовані шкурки, і накриття зверху з тахашевих шкурок. 15 І поробиш для скинії стоячі дошки з акаційного дерева. 16 Десять ліктів довжина дошки, і лікоть і півліктя ширина однієї дошки. 17 В одній дошці дві ручки, сполучені одна до однієї. Так зробиш усім дошкам скинійним. 18 І поробиш дошки для скинії, двадцять дощок на бік південний, на полудень. 19 І сорок срібних підстав поробиш під тими двадцятьма дошками, дві підставі під однією дошкою для двох ручок її, і дві підставі під дошкою другою для двох ручок її. 20 А для другого боку скинії, в сторону півночі двадцять дощок. 21 І для них сорок срібних підстав, дві підставі під одну дошку, і дві підставі під дошку другу. 22 А для заднього боку скинії на захід зробиш шість дощок. 23 І дві дошки зробиш для кутів скинії на заднього бока. 24 І нехай вони будуть поєднані здолу, і нехай разом будуть поєднані на верху її до однієї каблучки. Так нехай буде для обох них; нехай вони будуть для обох кутів. 25 І буде вісім дощок, а їхні підстави зо срібла, шістнадцять підстав: дві підставі під одну дошку, і дві під дошку другу. 26 І зробиш засуви з акаційного дерева, п'ять для дощок одного боку скинії, 27 і п'ять засувів для дощок другого боку скинії, і п'ять засувів для дощок заднього боку на захід. 28 А середній засув посередині дощок буде засувати від кінця до кінця. 29 А ці дошки пообкладаєш золотом, а каблучки їхні, на вкладання для засувів, поробиш із золота; і ці засуви пообкладаєш золотом. 30 І поставиш скинію згідно з приписами, як тобі показано на горі. 31 І зробиш завісу з блакиті, і пурпуру, і червені та з суканого віссону. Мистецькою роботою зробити її з херувимами. 32 І повісь її на чотирьох акаційних стовпах, пообкладаних золотом, гаки їх золоті, на чотирьох срібних підставах. 33 І повісь ту завісу під гачками, і внесеш туди за завісу ковчега свідоцтва. І ця завіса буде відділяти вам між святинею й між Святеє Святих! 34 І покладеш те віко на ковчега свідоцтва в Святому Святих. 35 І поставиш стола назовні завіси, а свічника навпроти столу на боці скинії на південь, а стола поставиш на боці півночі. 36 І зробиш заслону входу скинії з блакиті, і пурпуру, і червені та з суканого віссону, робота гаптівника. 37 І зробиш для заслони п'ять акаційних стовпів, і пообкладаєш їх золотом; гаки їх золото; і виллєш для них п'ять мідяних підстав.